WO2023063336A1 - Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device - Google Patents

Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023063336A1
WO2023063336A1 PCT/JP2022/037974 JP2022037974W WO2023063336A1 WO 2023063336 A1 WO2023063336 A1 WO 2023063336A1 JP 2022037974 W JP2022037974 W JP 2022037974W WO 2023063336 A1 WO2023063336 A1 WO 2023063336A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
mol
ring
alkali
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/037974
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
宏明 石井
紫陽 平岡
幸治 福岡
直也 大村
Original Assignee
三菱ケミカル株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 三菱ケミカル株式会社 filed Critical 三菱ケミカル株式会社
Publication of WO2023063336A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023063336A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F20/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F20/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
    • C08F20/10Esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F257/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of aromatic monomers as defined in group C08F12/00
    • C08F257/02Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of aromatic monomers as defined in group C08F12/00 on to polymers of styrene or alkyl-substituted styrenes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F265/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00
    • C08F265/04Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00 on to polymers of esters
    • C08F265/06Polymerisation of acrylate or methacrylate esters on to polymers thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L51/00Compositions of graft polymers in which the grafted component is obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L51/06Compositions of graft polymers in which the grafted component is obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers grafted on to homopolymers or copolymers of aliphatic hydrocarbons containing only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a colored resin composition, a color filter and an image display device.
  • This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-167165 filed in Japan on October 12, 2021, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • pigment dispersion methods dyeing methods, electrodeposition methods, and printing methods are known as methods for manufacturing color filters used in liquid crystal display devices and the like.
  • the pigment dispersion method which has excellent characteristics on average, is most widely used from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, accuracy, and the like.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a colored resin composition from which a cured film having good contrast can be obtained.
  • the present invention has the following configurations.
  • a colored resin composition containing (A) a coloring agent, (B) a solvent, (C) an alkali-soluble resin, (D) a photopolymerization initiator, and (E) a photopolymerizable monomer,
  • the (A) colorant contains a phthalocyanine compound having a chemical structure represented by the following general formula (1)
  • the (C) alkali-soluble resin contains an alkali-soluble resin (c-1) having a repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on a side chain, When the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100 mol%, the total content of repeating units containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 20 mol% or more.
  • a colored resin composition containing
  • a 1 to A 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a group represented by the following general formula (2), provided that one or more of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, and at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by the following general formula (2).
  • X represents a divalent linking group.
  • the benzene ring in Formula (2) may have any substituent. * represents a bond.
  • [2] The colored resin composition of [1], wherein in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1), the total content of repeating units containing aromatic rings on the side chains is 30 mol% or more. [3] [1] or [2], wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on a side chain, and the alicyclic structure is a saturated alicyclic structure; colored resin composition.
  • R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the benzene ring in formulas (3) and (4) has an optional substituent. may be used.
  • the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is selected from repeating units represented by the following general formulas (5) and (6).
  • the colored resin composition according to any one of [3] to [5], which has at least one.
  • R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the saturated hydrocarbon rings in formulas (5) and (6) have optional substituents. may be.
  • [9] The colored resin composition of [8], wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (5) as a repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain. thing.
  • [10] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (I).
  • R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • R 4 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • [11] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein the content of (A) the colorant is 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the colored resin composition.
  • [12] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11], wherein the content of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the colored resin composition.
  • a color filter comprising pixels produced using the colored resin composition of any one of [1] to [12].
  • An image display device comprising the color filter of [13].
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of an organic EL device having a color filter of the present invention.
  • the "weight average molecular weight” refers to the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • the "amine value” represents the amine value in terms of effective solid content unless otherwise specified, and is a value represented by the mass of KOH equivalent to the amount of base per 1 g of solid content of the dispersant.
  • the acid value means an acid value in terms of effective solid content, unless otherwise specified, and is calculated by neutralization titration.
  • C.I means Color Index.
  • total solid content means all components other than the solvent contained in the colored resin composition.
  • (meth)acryl means “one or both of acryl and methacryl”.
  • a numerical range represented by "-” means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as lower and upper limits.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention includes (A) a colorant, (B) a solvent, (C) an alkali-soluble resin, (D) a photopolymerization initiator, and (E) a photopolymerizable monomer. including. Further, if necessary, additives other than the above components may be added.
  • (A) Colorant contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention is a phthalocyanine compound having a chemical structure represented by the following general formula (1) (hereinafter referred to as "phthalocyanine compound ( 1)”).
  • a 1 to A 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a group represented by the following general formula (2). At least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, and at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by the following general formula (2).
  • X represents a divalent linking group.
  • the benzene ring in formula (2) may have any substituent.
  • * represents a bond.
  • a 1 to A 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a group represented by general formula (2) below. At least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, and at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by the following general formula (2).
  • X represents a divalent linking group.
  • the benzene ring in formula (2) may have any substituent.
  • * represents a bond.
  • Halogen atoms in A 1 to A 16 include, for example, fluorine, chlorine and bromine atoms.
  • a fluorine atom is preferable from the viewpoint of adjusting the hue to an optimum hue as a green dye used in a color filter and from the viewpoint of increasing the luminance.
  • a 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 7 or more, still more preferably 8 or more, preferably 15 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and 10 More preferred are:
  • the stability of the phthalocyanine compound (1) tends to be improved by setting it to the lower limit or more, and the affinity with the dispersant or solvent in the colored resin composition is improved by setting it to the upper limit or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the number of substituents representing fluorine atoms among A 1 to A 16 is 1 to 15, preferably 6 to 12, more preferably 7 to 10.
  • X in formula (2) represents a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group is not particularly limited, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and -N(R a1 )- group (R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms). mentioned. From the viewpoint of stability during baking of the phthalocyanine compound (1), an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is preferred, and an oxygen atom is more preferred.
  • the benzene ring in formula (2) may have any substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, for example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group ( -RA group), an alkoxy group ( -OR group (where RA represents an alkyl group)), an alkoxycarbonyl group (-COOR A group (where RA represents an alkyl group)), aryl group (-R B group), aryloxy group (-OR B group (where RB represents an aryl group)), aryloxycarbonyl group (-COOR B group (R B represents an aryl group)).
  • An alkoxycarbonyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of affinity with solvents and brightness.
  • the alkyl group contained in these groups may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear from the viewpoint of affinity with solvents.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 6 or less, more preferably 5 or less, and even more preferably 4 or less.
  • By making it more than the said lower limit there exists a tendency which suppresses agglomeration and becomes a foreign material suppression.
  • By making it below the said upper limit there exists a tendency for solvent affinity to improve and aging stability to improve.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-5, and even more preferably 2-4.
  • the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, and hexyl group. From the viewpoint of suppressing aggregation, methyl group and ethyl group are preferable, and ethyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl group contained in these groups may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less.
  • the content is at least the above lower limit, aggregation due to steric repulsion tends to be suppressed.
  • the content is equal to or less than the upper limit, there is a tendency that solvent affinity is improved and stability over time is improved.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the aryl group preferably has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be monocyclic or condensed.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring and heptalene ring having one free valence.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or condensed. Examples of aromatic heterocyclic groups include furan ring, thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, 2H-pyran ring, 4H-thiopyran ring, pyridine ring, 1,3-oxazole ring and isoxazole ring having one free valence.
  • the number of substituents is not particularly limited. ) and from the viewpoint that the molecules of the phthalocyanine compound (1) associate with each other to improve the contrast, the number of substitutions is preferably one per benzene ring.
  • the substitution position may be o-position, m-position, or p-position, but ⁇ - ⁇ between phthalocyanine compound (1) molecules The p- position is preferred.
  • an alkoxycarbonyl group is preferable as the substituent at the p-position.
  • At least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by formula (2).
  • one or more of A 1 to A 4 has the formula (2 )
  • at least one of A 5 to A 8 is a group represented by formula (2)
  • at least one of A 9 to A 12 is a group represented by formula (2) and one or more of A 13 to A 16 are preferably groups represented by formula (2)
  • two or more of A 1 to A 4 are preferably represented by formula (2)
  • two or more of A 5 to A 8 are groups represented by formula (2)
  • two or more of A 9 to A 12 are groups represented by formula (2) and two or more of A 13 to A 16 are groups represented by formula (2).
  • At least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, but from the viewpoint of the stability of the phthalocyanine compound, at least one of A 1 to A 4 represents a fluorine atom, and A 5 It is preferred that at least one of to A 8 is a fluorine atom, at least one of A 9 to A 12 is a fluorine atom, and at least one of A 13 to A 16 is a fluorine atom.
  • two or more of A 1 to A 4 are fluorine atoms
  • two or more of A 5 to A 8 are fluorine atoms
  • two or more of A 9 to A 12 are fluorine atoms
  • a 13 to A 16 are more preferably fluorine atoms.
  • a 2 , A3 , A6 , A7 , A10 , A11 , A14 , and A15 are groups represented by formula (2), and A1 , A4 , A5 , A8 , It is particularly preferred that A 9 , A 12 , A 13 and A 16 are fluorine atoms.
  • phthalocyanine compound (1) examples include the following compounds.
  • Et represents ethyl
  • a known method can be adopted, for example, the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 05-345861 can be adopted.
  • the coloring agent may contain other coloring agents in addition to the phthalocyanine compound (1).
  • Other colorants include pigments and dyes. When used for green pixels, it is preferable to use, for example, green pigments, green dyes, yellow pigments, and yellow dyes.
  • green pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62 and 63, and C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 is preferred.
  • solvent dyes include C.I. I. Solvent Green 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, 35 can be mentioned.
  • acid dyes include C.I. I.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1 1:1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 86, 87, 93,94,95,97,100,101,104,105,108,109,110,111,116,117,119,120,125,126,127,127:1,128,129,133,134, 136, 137, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185,
  • C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 154, 155, 180, 185, nickel azo complexes represented by formula (i) are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 83, 138, 139, 180, 185 and nickel azo complexes represented by formula (i) are more preferred.
  • yellow dyes examples include barbituric acid azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, quinophthalone dyes, and cyanine dyes. Specific examples thereof include specific compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-168531.
  • solvent dyes examples include C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 23, 24, 38, 62, 63, 68, 79, 82, 94, 98, 99, 162, 163 and the like.
  • acid dyes examples include C.I. I.
  • Acid Green 1 3, 5, 9, 16, 25, 27, 50, 58, 63, 65, 80, 104, 105, 106, 109, C.I.
  • Acid Yellow 1 3, 7, 9, 11, 17, 23, 25, 29, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 54, 65, 72, 73, 76, 79, 98, 99, 111, 112 , 113, 114, 116, 119, 123, 128, 134, 135, 138, 139, 140, 144, 150, 155, 157, 160, 161, 163, 168, 169, 172, 177, 178, 179, 184 , 190,193,196,197,199,202,203,204,205,207,212,214,220,221,228,230,232,235,238,240,242,243,251 and derivatives thereof mentioned.
  • C. I. As a direct dye, for example, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 2, 33, 34, 35, 38, 39, 43, 47, 50, 54, 58, 68, 69, 70, 71, 86, 93, 94, 95, 98, 102, 108, 109, 129 , 136, 138, 141.
  • modant dyes include C.I. I. Modant Yellow 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 26, 30, 31, 33, 42, 43, 45, 56, 61, 62, 65 dyes.
  • the average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.04 ⁇ m or less.
  • Solvent salt milling for example, is preferably used for atomization of the pigment.
  • the content of (A) the colorant in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition more preferably 25% by mass or more, particularly preferably 30% by mass or more, preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, further preferably 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass
  • the following are particularly preferred. Setting it to the above lower limit or more tends to enable reproduction of a wide range of hues, and setting it to the above upper limit or less tends to ensure stability over time.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content of (A) the colorant in the colored resin composition is preferably 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 80% by mass, more preferably 20 to 60% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition.
  • the content of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. 10% by mass or more is more preferable, 15% by mass or more is particularly preferable, 50% by mass or less is preferable, 40% by mass or less is more preferable, 30% by mass or less is even more preferable, and 20% by mass The following are particularly preferred.
  • the lower limit value or more is used, the luminance tends to be improved, and when the upper limit value or less is used, the stability over time tends to be ensured.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the colored resin composition is preferably 3 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. More preferably, 15 to 30% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the content is not particularly limited, preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, 5% by mass or more is more preferable, 7% by mass or more is still more preferable, 10% by mass or more is particularly preferable, and 30% by mass or less is preferable, 25% by mass or less is more preferable, and 20% by mass or less is even more preferable.
  • Setting it to the above lower limit or more tends to enable reproduction of a wide range of hues, and setting it to the above upper limit or less tends to ensure stability over time.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 30% by mass, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, 5 to 25% by mass is more preferable, 7 to 25% by mass is even more preferable, and 10 to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • solvent dissolves or disperses the colorant, alkali-soluble resin, photopolymerization initiator, photopolymerizable monomer, and other components in the colored resin composition of the present invention, It has the function of adjusting the viscosity.
  • Any solvent can be used as long as it can dissolve or disperse each component.
  • solvents examples include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, Propylene glycol-t-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, methoxymethylpentanol, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl - glycol monoalkyl ethers such as 3-methoxybutanol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, tripropylene glycol methyl ether;
  • glycol dialkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether; Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methoxybutyl Acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methoxypentyl acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n-
  • Glycol diacetates such as ethylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate; Alkyl acetates such as cyclohexanol acetate; Ethers such as amyl ether, propyl ether, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, butyl ether, diamyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, dihexyl ether; Acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methylhexyl ketone, methyl non
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, cumene; Amyl formate, ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, amyl acetate, methyl isobutyrate, ethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl Caprylate, butyl stearate, ethyl benzoate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionic acid Chain or cyclic esters such as butyl, ⁇ -butyrolactone; Alkoxycarboxylic acids such as 3-methoxypropi
  • solvents include, for example, Mineral Spirit, Valsol #2, Apco #18 Solvent, Apco Thinner, Socal Solvent No. 1 and no. 2, Solvesso #150, Shell TS28 solvent, carbitol, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate, diglyme (all trade names). These solvents may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • a solvent having a boiling point in the range of 100 to 200° C. (under pressure of 1013.25 [hPa]; hereinafter, the same applies to all boiling points) is selected. is preferred.
  • a solvent having a boiling point of 120 to 170° C. is more preferred.
  • Glycol alkyl ether acetates are preferred because they have a good balance of coatability, surface tension, etc. in the solvent and relatively high solubility of the constituent components in the composition.
  • glycol alkyl ether acetates may be used alone, or may be used in combination with other solvents.
  • Glycol monoalkyl ethers are particularly preferred as solvents to be used in combination.
  • propylene glycol monomethyl ether is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of the solubility of the components in the composition.
  • Glycol monoalkyl ethers have a high polarity, and if the amount added is too large, the pigment tends to aggregate, and the viscosity of the colored resin composition to be obtained later tends to decrease, resulting in a decrease in storage stability.
  • the content of glycol monoalkyl ethers in the solvent (B) is preferably 5% to 30% by mass, more preferably 5% to 20% by mass.
  • a solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher can be used together.
  • the colored resin composition becomes difficult to dry, but it has the effect of making it difficult to destroy the interrelationships of the constituent components in the pigment dispersion due to rapid drying.
  • the content of the solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher in the solvent (B) is preferably 3% to 50% by mass, and 5% to 40% by mass. is more preferred, and 5% by mass to 30% by mass is particularly preferred.
  • the solvent with a boiling point of 150°C or higher may be glycol alkyl ether acetates or glycol alkyl ethers, and in this case, it is not necessary to separately contain a solvent with a boiling point of 150°C or higher. Solvents having a boiling point of 150° C.
  • diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate.
  • triacetin triacetin.
  • a solvent having a boiling point of generally 130° C. or higher and 300° C. or lower, preferably 150° C. or higher and 280° C. or lower is suitable.
  • the content is at least the above lower limit, the uniformity of the resulting coating film tends to be improved, and when the content is at most the above upper limit, the amount of residual solvent during firing tends to be reduced.
  • the vapor pressure of the solvent is usually 10 mmHg or less, preferably 5 mmHg or less, more preferably 1 mmHg or less.
  • the solvent (B) preferably contains a solvent with a high boiling point, specifically a solvent with a boiling point of 180° C. or higher. It is more preferable to contain a solvent with a boiling point of 200° C. or higher, and it is particularly preferable to contain a solvent with a boiling point of 220° C. or higher. When a solvent having a boiling point of 180° C. or higher is used together, the content of the solvent having a boiling point of 180° C.
  • the solvent (B) is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass. More preferably, 90% by mass or more is most preferable. By making it more than the said lower limit, there exists a tendency for the evaporation prevention effect of the solvent from a droplet to be fully exhibited easily.
  • solvents having a boiling point of 180° C. or higher include diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,6- Hexanol diacetate, triacetin.
  • a solvent having a boiling point lower than 180° C. may be included in order to adjust the viscosity of the colored resin composition and the solubility of the solid content.
  • a solvent having low viscosity, high solubility, and low surface tension is preferable, and for example, ethers, esters, and ketones are preferable.
  • cyclohexanone, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, and cyclohexanol acetate are preferred.
  • the ejection stability in the inkjet method may deteriorate.
  • the alcohol content in the solvent (B) is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less.
  • the content of the solvent in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and even more preferably 85% by mass or less. When the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit, there is a tendency that the coating film is easily formed.
  • the lower limit of the solvent content is preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 75% by mass or more, and even more preferably 78% by mass or more, in consideration of viscosity suitable for coating.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the solvent content in the colored resin composition is preferably 70 to 99% by mass, more preferably 75 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 78 to 85% by mass.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention contains (C) an alkali-soluble resin.
  • (C) an alkali-soluble resin By containing (C) an alkali-soluble resin, it is possible to achieve both film curability by photopolymerization and solubility by a developer.
  • (C) alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble resin (c-1) having a repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on a side chain, the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) When the total number of moles of repeating units of is 100 mol %, the total content of repeating units containing aromatic rings on side chains is 20 mol % or more. Further, the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) preferably has a repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on its side chain and the alicyclic structure is a saturated alicyclic structure.
  • the aromatic ring contained in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) and the phthalocyanine compound (1) approach each other due to ⁇ - ⁇ stacking of the phthalocyanine compound (1).
  • a specific phthalocyanine compound promotes the association of molecules in the baking process and regular arrangement (crystallization), which is thought to improve the contrast.
  • the bulky alicyclic structure prevents the inhibition of the association between the molecules of the phthalocyanine compound, thereby improving the contrast.
  • the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100 mol%
  • the total content of repeating units containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 20 mol% or more from the viewpoint of contrast.
  • 30 mol % or more is preferable, and 40 mol % or more is more preferable.
  • it is preferably 70 mol % or less, more preferably 60 mol % or less.
  • the total content of repeating units containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is 10 mol% or less from the viewpoint of contrast. is preferred, 5 mol % or less is more preferred, and 2 mol % or less is even more preferred.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.5 mol % or more from the viewpoint of adhesion improvement and undercut suppression.
  • the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is a repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an aromatic ring on the side chain, among the repeating units formed in the copolymerization reaction for synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin, and the side chain It contains a unit in which an aromatic ring is subsequently introduced onto the side chain by an addition reaction with a compound containing an aromatic ring or an aromatic ring-forming reaction after a copolymerization reaction with respect to a monomer not containing an aromatic ring on the upper side.
  • the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on its side chain is preferably a repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an aromatic ring on its side chain.
  • An aromatic ring may be further introduced into the repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an aromatic ring on its side chain by an addition reaction or an aromatic ring-forming reaction with a compound containing an aromatic ring.
  • aromatic rings in repeating units containing aromatic rings on side chains include aromatic hydrocarbon rings and aromatic heterocycles.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and still more preferably 12 or less. For example, 2 to 12 are preferred, and 6 to 12 are more preferred.
  • the heat resistance tends to be improved by adjusting the content to be equal to or higher than the above lower limit. When the content is equal to or less than the upper limit, there is a tendency that solvent affinity is improved and stability over time is improved.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be monocyclic or condensed.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes, for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, which have one free valence, An acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, and a fluorene ring can be mentioned.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or condensed.
  • aromatic heterocyclic groups include furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, indole ring and carbazole ring having one free valence.
  • benzene ring or naphthalene ring having one free valence is preferred, and a benzene ring having one free valence is preferred.
  • aromatic rings may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited.
  • substituent examples include halogen atoms such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms; hydroxyl group; alkoxyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms: phenyl group, mesityl group, tolyl group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring group such as naphthyl group; cyano group; carboxyl group; Group; C2-9 alkylcarbonyloxy group; sulfonic acid group; sulfamoyl group; C2-9 alkylsulfamoyl group; carbonyl group; C2-9 alkylcarbonyl group; hydroxyethyl group; amide group; dialkylaminoethyl group formed by bonding alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; trifluoromethyl group; trialkylsilyl group having
  • the structure of the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is the following general formula (3), the following general formula It is preferably one or two selected from (4), and more preferably the following general formula (3).
  • each R 1 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the benzene rings in formulas (3) and (4) may have any substituents.
  • the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is a repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain, among the repeating units formed in the copolymerization reaction for synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin. And, for a monomer that does not contain an alicyclic structure on the side chain, after the copolymerization reaction, an alicyclic structure is added to the side chain by an addition reaction with a compound containing an alicyclic structure or a hydrocarbon ring formation reaction. Including introduced units.
  • the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is a repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain, and in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100 mol %, the total content of repeating units derived from the monomer containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is preferably 10 mol % or less.
  • An alicyclic structure may be further introduced into the repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an alicyclic structure on its side chain by an addition reaction with a compound containing an alicyclic structure or a hydrocarbon ring-forming reaction. do not have.
  • the distance from the main chain to the alicyclic structure is preferably 4 atoms or less, more preferably 2 atoms or less.
  • the total content of repeating units having a distance from the main chain to the alicyclic structure in the above range is within the above content, thereby suppressing inhibition of association between molecules of the phthalocyanine compound (1), It is considered that the contrast is improved.
  • the fact that the distance from the main chain to the alicyclic structure is 4 atoms or less is included in the binding chain from the joint between the main chain and the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) to the alicyclic structure.
  • the number of atoms does not include the carbon atoms that form the bond between the main chain and the side chain and the carbon atoms that constitute the alicyclic structure.
  • the following general formulas (5) and (6) are both counted as having two atoms.
  • the alicyclic structure in the repeating unit containing the alicyclic structure on the side chain may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • Alicyclic structures include, for example, cyclopropyl ring, cyclobutyl ring, cyclopentyl ring, cyclohexyl ring, cycloheptyl ring, cyclooctyl ring, norbornane ring, tricyclodecane ring, and adamantane ring.
  • a cyclohexyl ring or a tricyclodecane ring is desirable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and ease of synthesis.
  • These alicyclic structures are preferably saturated alicyclic structures.
  • These alicyclic structures may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine atoms; Alkyl group; alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms; hydroxyl group; alkoxyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms: phenyl group, mesityl group, tolyl group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring group such as naphthyl group; acetyloxy group; alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms; sulfonic acid group; sulfamoyl group; alkylsulfamoyl group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms; carbonyl group; alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms; an acetylamide group; a dialkylaminoethyl group formed by bonding an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; a trifluoromethyl group;
  • the structure of the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is one or two selected from the following general formulas (5) and (6) from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and heat resistance. and more preferably the following general formula (5).
  • each R 1 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the saturated hydrocarbon rings in formulas (5) and (6) may have any substituents.
  • the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) may further contain other repeating units in addition to repeating units containing an aromatic ring on the side chain and repeating units containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain, and may have the following general formula: It is desirable to have a repeating unit represented by (I).
  • R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • R 4 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • the carboxy groups in the repeating unit represented by formula (I) are sufficiently separated from the main chain and have high flexibility so that they are exposed to the outside of the resin molecule without forming strong hydrogen bonds between the carboxy groups. easy to be placed in
  • the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit represented by the formula (I)
  • the central metal site or ether bond site in the phthalocyanine compound (1) and the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) By forming a bond such as a hydrogen bond and covering the phthalocyanine compound (1) with the resin, the decomposition reaction of the phthalocyanine compound (1) during firing is inhibited, resulting in high brightness.
  • R 2 represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • Trivalent hydrocarbons include, for example, trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups.
  • the trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group includes a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group combining them. .
  • the number of carbon atoms in the trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and 8 or less. More preferably, 5 or less is particularly preferable.
  • hydrogen bonding with the phthalocyanine compound (1) is likely to be formed, and brightness tends to be improved.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 1 to 15 are preferred, 1 to 10 are more preferred, 2 to 8 are even more preferred, and 3 to 5 are particularly preferred.
  • trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include the following.
  • R-2 when it contains an alicyclic structure as in the following general formula (R-2), it is not included in the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure.
  • substituents that the trivalent hydrocarbon group may have include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryloxythio group, and a halogen atom.
  • substituents that the trivalent hydrocarbon group may have include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryloxythio group, and a halogen atom.
  • R4 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • Divalent hydrocarbons include, for example, divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups.
  • divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group combining them. be done.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, particularly preferably 4 or more, and preferably 15 or less, and 10 or less. It is more preferable, 8 or less is more preferable, and 6 or less is particularly preferable.
  • the hydrogen bond between the phthalocyanine compound (1) and the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) tends to be formed strongly.
  • the formation of hydrogen bonds between the compound (1) and the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) tends to be maintained.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 1 to 15 are preferred, 2 to 10 are more preferred, 3 to 8 are even more preferred, and 4 to 6 are particularly preferred.
  • divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include ethylene group, propylene group, ethenylene group, cyclohex-4-ene-1,2-diyl group and cyclohexa-1,2-diyl group.
  • an ethylene group, an ethenylene group, and a cyclohex-4-ene-1,2-diyl group are preferable from the viewpoint of promoting hydrogen bond formation with the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 6 or more and preferably 12 or less. For example, 6-12 is preferred.
  • the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is used in the process of producing a color filter. There is a tendency that the reduction in luminance due to yellowing during firing can be suppressed.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes, for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, which have two free valences, An acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, and a fluorene ring can be mentioned.
  • substituents that the divalent hydrocarbon group may have include an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, and a carboxy group.
  • the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) may further contain other repeating units.
  • Other repeating units are represented by the following general formula (II) from the viewpoint of forming a hydrogen bond with the phthalocyanine compound (1) and improving the curability when producing a color filter with an ethylenic double bond. is preferred.
  • R5 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R6 represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • R7 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 6 As the optionally substituted trivalent hydrocarbon group for R 6 , those exemplified for R 2 can be preferably applied.
  • R 6 contains an aromatic ring, it is not included in the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring, and when R 6 contains an alicyclic structure, it is not included in the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure.
  • repeating units represented by the following general formula (III) are preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing yellowing during baking in the color filter production process.
  • R8 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R9 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • R9 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • the monovalent hydrocarbon group includes a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • R 9 contains an aromatic ring, it is not included in the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring, and when R 9 contains an alicyclic structure, it is not included in the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure.
  • Examples of the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group include straight-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, branched-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, and aliphatic hydrocarbon groups combining them. be done.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, even more preferably 5 or more, particularly preferably 7 or more, and 20 or less. It is preferably 18 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less.
  • alkali developability tends to improve when manufacturing the color filter.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • 1 to 20 are preferred, 2 to 20 are more preferred, 3 to 18 are even more preferred, 5 to 15 are even more preferred, and 7 to 12 are particularly preferred.
  • Specific examples of monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tetrahydrodicyclopentadienyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. Among these, a methyl group or a tetrahydrodicyclopentadienyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing yellowing due to heat.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 6 or more, and preferably 12 or less. For example, 6-12 is preferred.
  • it is at least the above lower limit there is a tendency to promote the ⁇ - ⁇ interaction with the phthalocyanine compound (1), and when it is at most the above upper limit, luminance decreases due to yellowing during firing in the color filter manufacturing process. tends to be suppressed.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes, for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, which have one free valence, An acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, and a fluorene ring can be mentioned.
  • substituents that the monovalent hydrocarbon group may have include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) contains repeating units represented by formula (I), the content is not particularly limited, but the total number of moles of the repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100. In terms of mol%, it is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, particularly preferably 35 mol% or more, and preferably 80 mol% or less, and 70 mol% or less. is more preferable, 60 mol % or less is more preferable, and 50 mol % or less is particularly preferable. When the value is at least the above lower limit, the alkali developability is improved and hydrogen bonds with the phthalocyanine compound (1) tend to be formed strongly.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 15 to 80 mol% is preferred, 20 to 70 mol% is more preferred, 30 to 60 mol% is even more preferred, and 35 to 50 mol% is particularly preferred.
  • the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) contains repeating units represented by formula (II), the content is not particularly limited, but the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100.
  • mol % it is preferably 5 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % or more, still more preferably 12 mol % or more, even more preferably 15 mol % or more, particularly preferably 18 mol % or more, and 45 mol %. % or less, more preferably 40 mol % or less, even more preferably 35 mol % or less, and particularly preferably 30 mol % or less.
  • the alkali developability is improved and hydrogen bonds with the phthalocyanine compound (1) tend to be formed strongly. tend to be suppressed.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 5 to 45 mol% is preferred, 10 to 45 mol% is more preferred, 12 to 40 mol% is even more preferred, 15 to 35 mol% is even more preferred, and 18 to 30 mol% is particularly preferred.
  • the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) contains repeating units represented by formula (III), the content is not particularly limited, but the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100.
  • mol% it is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, still more preferably 10 mol% or more, even more preferably 15 mol% or more, even more preferably 20 mol% or more, and 25 mol%. 50 mol % or less is preferable, 45 mol % or less is more preferable, 40 mol % or less is even more preferable, and 35 mol % or less is particularly preferable.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 1 to 50 mol% is preferable, 5 to 50 mol% is more preferable, 10 to 45 mol% is more preferable, 15 to 45 mol% is even more preferable, 20 to 40 mol% is particularly preferable, and 25 to 35 mol % is particularly preferred.
  • the (C) alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble resin (c-1), but may further contain another alkali-soluble resin (c-2).
  • alkali-soluble resins (c-2) among those that do not fall under the alkali-soluble resin (c-1), for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-207211, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-259876, Japan Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 10-300922, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 11-140144, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 11-174224, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-56118, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No.
  • the resins (c-2-2) to (c-2-5) may be dissolved by an alkaline developer and have solubility to the extent that the intended development processing can be carried out.
  • a resin described in JP-A-2009-025813 as the same item can be preferably employed.
  • the resin (c-2-1) is a copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and another radically polymerizable monomer, and at least part of the epoxy groups of the copolymer are unsaturated It is a resin obtained by adding a basic acid, or an alkali-soluble resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least part of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition reaction.
  • One preferred embodiment of the resin (c-2-1) is "a copolymer of 5 to 90 mol% of an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and 10 to 95 mol% of another radically polymerizable monomer.
  • a resin obtained by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy groups of the copolymer, or a polybasic acid anhydride to 10 to 100 mol% of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition reaction alkali-soluble resin obtained by addition”.
  • epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylates examples include glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate.
  • Acrylate glycidyl ethers may be mentioned. Among them, glycidyl (meth)acrylate is preferred.
  • These epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a mono(meth)acrylate having a structure represented by the following general formula (V) is preferable.
  • each of R 91 to R 98 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 96 and R 98 or R 95 and R 97 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by linking R 96 and R 98 or R 95 and R 97 is preferably an aliphatic ring, which may be either saturated or unsaturated. Preferably the number is 5-6.
  • the structure represented by the formula (V) is preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (Va), (Vb), or (Vc).
  • the mono(meth)acrylates having the structure represented by formula (V) may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • mono(meth)acrylate having the structure represented by the formula (V) various known mono(meth)acrylates can be used as long as they have the structure represented by the formula (V).
  • Mono(meth)acrylates represented by VI) are preferred.
  • R 89 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 90 represents the structure represented by formula (V).
  • the copolymer of epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomer contains repeating units derived from mono(meth)acrylate represented by formula (VI), in formula (VI)
  • the content of repeating units derived from the represented mono (meth) acrylate is preferably 5 to 90 mol%, more preferably 10 to 70 mol%, in repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers, 15 to 50 mol % is particularly preferred.
  • the radically polymerizable monomer other than the mono(meth)acrylate represented by the formula (VI) is not particularly limited, but specific examples include styrene, ⁇ - and o- , m-, p-alkyl, nitro, cyano, amide, ester derivatives and other vinyl aromatics; butadiene, 2,3-dimethylbutadiene, isoprene, chloroprene and other dienes; methyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) Ethyl acrylate, (meth)acrylate-n-propyl, (meth)acrylate-iso-propyl, (meth)acrylate-n-butyl, (meth)acrylate-sec-butyl, (meth)acrylate- tert-butyl, pentyl (meth)acrylate, neopentyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-e
  • styrene, benzyl (meth)acrylate, and monomaleimide are preferred from the viewpoint of imparting excellent heat resistance and strength to the colored resin composition.
  • any repeating unit derived from styrene, benzyl (meth)acrylate, or monomaleimide is included in the copolymer of epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomer, other radical polymerization
  • the repeating units derived from a styrene monomer the total content of repeating units derived from styrene, repeating units derived from benzyl (meth)acrylate, and repeating units derived from monomaleimide is 1 to 70 mol%. Preferably, 3 to 50 mol % is more preferable.
  • a known solution polymerization method can be applied to the copolymerization reaction between the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomers.
  • the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to radical polymerization, and commonly used organic solvents can be used.
  • Solvents used in the solution polymerization method include, for example, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, cellosolve acetate and butyl cellosolve acetate; Alkyl ether acetates; propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; acetate esters such as dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers; diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as methyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol and butyl carbitol triethylene glycol dialkyl ethers; propylene glycol dialkyl ethers; dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ket
  • the amount of the solvent used in the solution polymerization method is preferably 30 to 1000 parts by mass, more preferably 50 to 800 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resulting copolymer.
  • the radical polymerization initiator used in the copolymerization reaction is not particularly limited as long as it can initiate radical polymerization, and commonly used organic peroxide catalysts and azo compound catalysts can be used.
  • Organic peroxide catalysts include catalysts classified into known ketone peroxides, peroxyketals, hydroperoxides, diallyl peroxides, diacyl peroxides, peroxyesters, and peroxydicarbonates.
  • radical polymerization initiators used in the copolymerization reaction include benzoyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, diisopropyl peroxide, di-t-butyl peroxide, t-butyl peroxybenzoate, and t-hexyl peroxybenzoate.
  • radical polymerization initiators having an appropriate half-life are used depending on the polymerization temperature.
  • the amount of the radical polymerization initiator used is usually 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the monomers used in the copolymerization reaction.
  • the copolymerization reaction may be carried out by dissolving the monomers and radical polymerization initiator used in the copolymerization reaction in a solvent and heating the mixture while stirring, or by adding the radical polymerization initiator to the monomers.
  • a radical polymerization initiator may be added to the solvent and then the monomer may be added dropwise to the solvent. Reaction conditions can be set according to the target molecular weight.
  • a copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and another radically polymerizable monomer 5 repeating units derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate among the total repeating units of the copolymer 90 mol% and 10 to 95 mol% of repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers are preferred; More preferably, 80 to 20 mol% of repeating units derived from a radically polymerizable monomer; 30 to 70 mol% of repeating units derived from an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and another radically polymerizable monomer. Especially preferred is one comprising 70 to 30 mol % of repeating units derived from.
  • the content ratio of the repeating unit derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate By setting the content ratio of the repeating unit derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate to the lower limit or more, the amount of the unsaturated monobasic acid or polybasic acid anhydride to be described later tends to be sufficient.
  • the content of repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers By setting the content of repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers to the lower limit or more, heat resistance and strength tend to be sufficient.
  • the resin (c-2-1) comprises an epoxy resin-containing (meth)acrylate and an epoxy group of a copolymer of another radically polymerizable monomer, an unsaturated monobasic acid (polymerizable component), It is reacted with a basic acid anhydride (alkali-soluble component).
  • an unsaturated monobasic acid to be added to the epoxy group a known unsaturated monobasic acid can be used, and examples thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond.
  • Examples of unsaturated monobasic acids to be added to epoxy groups include (meth)acrylic acid; crotonic acid; o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid; or monocarboxylic acids such as (meth)acrylic acid substituted with a cyano group or the like; Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is preferred.
  • These unsaturated monobasic acids may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Polymerizability can be imparted to the resin (c-2-1) by adding the unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group.
  • the unsaturated monobasic acid is usually 10 to 100 mol%, preferably 10 to 100 mol%, when the total epoxy groups of the copolymer of the epoxy resin-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomer are 100 mol%. Add 30 to 100 mol %, more preferably 50 to 100 mol %. By making it more than the said lower limit, there exists a tendency for the aging stability of a colored resin composition to become favorable.
  • a known method can be employed as a method for adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of the copolymer.
  • polybasic acid anhydrides can be used as the polybasic acid anhydride to be added to the hydroxyl group produced when the unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy group of the copolymer.
  • polybasic acid anhydrides include dibasic acid anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, and chlorendic anhydride;
  • Anhydrides of tribasic or higher acids such as acids, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenonetetracarboxylic anhydride, and biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride can be mentioned.
  • tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and succinic anhydride are preferred.
  • One of these polybasic acid anhydrides may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • Alkali solubility can be imparted to the resin (c-2-1) by adding the polybasic acid anhydride to the hydroxyl groups generated when the unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy groups of the copolymer.
  • the polybasic acid anhydride is usually 10 to 100 mol%, preferably 20 to 90 mol%, when the total hydroxyl groups generated by adding unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy groups of the copolymer are 100 mol%. , more preferably 30 to 80 mol %.
  • a known method can be employed as a method for adding a polybasic acid anhydride to a hydroxyl group produced by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to an epoxy group of the copolymer.
  • a glycidyl ether compound having a glycidyl (meth) acrylate or a polymerizable unsaturated group may be added to a part of the generated carboxy groups.
  • a glycidyl ether compound having no polymerizable unsaturated group may be added to some of the generated carboxy groups. These may be added singly or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of glycidyl ether compounds having no polymerizable unsaturated group include glycidyl ether compounds having a phenyl group or an alkyl group.
  • Commercially available products include, for example, Nagase ChemteX Co., Ltd. trade names "Denacol EX-111”, “Denacol EX-121", “Denacol EX-141”, “Denacol EX-145", “Denacol EX-146", “ Denacol EX-171” and “Denacol EX-192”.
  • the structure of the resin (c-2-1) is described, for example, in JP-A-8-297366 and JP-A-2001-89533.
  • the polystyrene-equivalent weight-average molecular weight of the resin (c-2-1) measured by GPC is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3,000 or more, particularly preferably 5,000 or more. 100,000 or less is preferable, and 50,000 or less is particularly preferable.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 3,000 to 100,000 is preferred, and 5,000 to 50,000 is particularly preferred.
  • the content is at least the above lower limit, heat resistance and film strength tend to be improved, and when the content is at most the above upper limit, solubility in a developing solution tends to be improved.
  • the ratio (Mw/Mn) of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight of the resin (c-2-1) is preferably 2.0 to 5.0.
  • (c1) an acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain (hereinafter referred to as (c1) acrylic copolymer resin ) is preferred.
  • (c1) The partial structure containing a side chain having an ethylenically unsaturated group, which the acrylic copolymer resin has, is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of compatibility between coating film curability during ultraviolet exposure and alkali solubility during alkali development. For example, it preferably has a partial structure represented by the following general formula (I′).
  • R 1' and R 2' each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. * represents a bond.
  • partial structures represented by formula (I') are preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity and alkali developability.
  • R 1' and R 2' each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R X represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue.
  • a polybasic acid residue means a monovalent group obtained by removing one OH group from a polybasic acid or its anhydride.
  • polybasic acids include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, and endomethylene. Tetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorendic acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid.
  • maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid are preferred, and tetrahydrophthalic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid are preferred. is more preferred.
  • These polybasic acids may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (I′) contained in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is particularly although not limited, it is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, even more preferably 40 mol% or more, particularly preferably 50 mol% or more, and most preferably 65 mol% or more. , Also preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, still more preferably 85 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, particularly preferably 75 mol% or less, most preferably 70 mol% or less .
  • the content of the partial structure represented by formula (I′) contained in (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin is preferably 10 to 95 mol%, more preferably 20 to 90 mol%, and 30 to 85 mol%. is more preferred, 40 to 80 mol % is even more preferred, 50 to 75 mol % is particularly preferred, and 65 to 70 mol % is most preferred.
  • the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (II′) contained in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is particularly although not limited, it is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, even more preferably 40 mol% or more, particularly preferably 50 mol% or more, and most preferably 65 mol% or more. preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, even more preferably 85 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, particularly preferably 75 mol% or less, and most preferably 70 mol% or less. preferable.
  • the content of the partial structure represented by formula (I′) contained in (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin is preferably 10 to 95 mol%, more preferably 20 to 90 mol%, and 30 to 85 mol%. is more preferred, 40 to 80 mol % is even more preferred, 50 to 75 mol % is particularly preferred, and 65 to 70 mol % is most preferred.
  • the other partial structure is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of alkali solubility during alkali development, for example, the following general It is also preferred to have a partial structure represented by formula (III').
  • R 3' represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 4' represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aromatic ring group, or It represents an optionally substituted alkenyl group.
  • R 4' is an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aromatic ring group, or an optionally substituted alkenyl group.
  • Alkyl groups for R 4′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, particularly preferably 8 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, further preferably 16 or less, and 14 or less. Even more preferably, 12 or less is particularly preferable.
  • the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-18, still more preferably 3-16, even more preferably 5-14, and particularly preferably 8-12.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclopentanyl, and dodecanyl groups. From the viewpoint of developability, a dicyclopentanyl group and a dodecanyl group are preferred, and a dicyclopentanyl group is more preferred.
  • Substituents that the alkyl group may have include, for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group and carboxy group. , acryloyl group, and methacryloyl group. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
  • the aromatic ring group for R 4′ includes monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups and monovalent aromatic heterocyclic groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 24 or less, more preferably 22 or less, still more preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 18 or less.
  • the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the aromatic ring group preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring.
  • Examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring, such as furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring and imidazole ring.
  • oxadiazole ring indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furofuran ring, thienofuran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, shinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridine ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring .
  • a benzene ring group and a naphthalene ring group are preferred, and a benzene ring group is more preferred.
  • Substituents which the aromatic ring group may have include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group and epoxy group. , an oligoethylene glycol group, a phenyl group, and a carboxy group. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
  • Alkenyl groups for R 4′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkenyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, even more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less.
  • the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, even more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl groups include vinyl group, allyl group, 2-propen-2-yl group, 2-buten-1-yl group, 3-buten-1-yl group, 2-penten-1-yl group, 3 -penten-2-yl group, hexenyl group, cyclobutenyl group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group. From the viewpoint of developability, a vinyl group and an allyl group are preferred, and a vinyl group is more preferred.
  • Substituents that the alkenyl group may have include, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a fluoro group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an epoxy group, an oligoethylene glycol group, a phenyl group and a carboxy group. is mentioned.
  • a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
  • R 4' represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent; from the viewpoint of, an alkyl group or an alkenyl group is preferred, and an alkyl group is more preferred.
  • the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (III') in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited. , preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, further preferably 10 mol% or more, particularly preferably 20 mol% or more, preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, 50 mol % or less is more preferable, and 40 mol % or less is particularly preferable. Alkali solubility tends to improve by setting it to the above lower limit or more, and the storage stability of the colored resin composition tends to improve by setting it to the above upper limit or less.
  • the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (III′) in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is preferably 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably 5 to 60 mol%, and even more preferably 10 to 50 mol%. , 20 to 40 mol % are particularly preferred.
  • the acrylic copolymer resin contains a partial structure represented by the formula (I′)
  • the other partial structure included improves the affinity between the phthalocyanine compound (1) and the acrylic copolymer resin (c1).
  • the partial structure represented by the following general formula (IV') is included.
  • R 5' represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 6' represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or represents an optionally substituted alkynyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a thiol group, or an optionally substituted alkylsulfide group.
  • t represents an integer of 0 to 5;
  • R 6' is an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, a thiol group, or an alkylsulfide group which may have a substituent.
  • Alkyl groups for R 6′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 5 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, further preferably 16 or less, even more preferably 14 or less, and 12 or less. is particularly preferred.
  • the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-18, still more preferably 3-16, even more preferably 3-14, and particularly preferably 5-12.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclopentanyl, and dodecanyl groups. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, a dicyclopentanyl group and a dodecanyl group are preferred, and a dicyclopentanyl group is more preferred.
  • Substituents that the alkyl group may have include, for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group and carboxy group. , acryloyl group, and methacryloyl group. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
  • Alkenyl groups for R 6′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkenyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, even more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less.
  • the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, even more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl groups include vinyl group, allyl group, 2-propen-2-yl group, 2-buten-1-yl group, 3-buten-1-yl group, 2-penten-1-yl group, 3 -penten-2-yl group, hexenyl group, cyclobutenyl group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group.
  • a vinyl group and an allyl group are preferred, and a vinyl group is more preferred, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity during ultraviolet exposure.
  • Substituents that the alkenyl group may have include, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a fluoro group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an epoxy group, an oligoethylene glycol group, a phenyl group and a carboxy group. is mentioned.
  • a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
  • Alkynyl groups for R 6′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkynyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, even more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less.
  • the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the alkynyl group preferably has 2 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, even more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • alkynyl groups include 1-propyn-3-yl, 1-butyn-4-yl, 1-pentyn-5-yl, 2-methyl-3-butyn-2-yl, 1,4 -pentadiyn-3-yl group, 1,3-pentadiyn-5-yl group, and 1-hexyn-6-yl group.
  • alkynyl group may have include, for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group and carboxy group. is mentioned.
  • a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
  • Halogen atoms for R 6′ include, for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
  • Alkoxy groups for R 6′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkoxy groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, even more preferably 14 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less.
  • the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the alkoxy group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1 to 14 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, and isobutoxy groups.
  • Substituents that the alkoxy group may have include, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a fluoro group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an epoxy group, an oligoethylene glycol group, a phenyl group, and a carboxy group. , acryloyl group, and methacryloyl group. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
  • the alkylsulfide group for R 6′ includes linear, branched and cyclic alkylsulfide groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, even more preferably 14 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less.
  • the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the alkylsulfide group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1 to 14 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylsulfide group includes, for example, a methylsulfide group, an ethylsulfide group, a propylsulfide group, and a butylsulfide group.
  • a methylsulfide group and an ethylsulfide group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
  • substituents that the alkyl group in the alkylsulfide group may have include methoxy, ethoxy, chloro, bromo, fluoro, hydroxy, amino, epoxy, oligoethylene glycol, phenyl group, carboxy group, acryloyl group, and methacryloyl group.
  • a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the standpoint of developability and an image display device.
  • R 6' is an optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, hydroxy group, carboxy group, halogen atom, alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a thiol group, or an optionally substituted alkylsulfide group, preferably a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, more preferably a carboxy group, from the viewpoint of developability.
  • t represents an integer of 0 to 5. From the viewpoint of ease of manufacture, t is preferably 0.
  • the content ratio of the partial structure represented by the formula (IV') in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited. , preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, further preferably 5 mol% or more, particularly preferably 8 mol% or more, preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, 30 mol % or less is more preferable, and 20 mol % or less is particularly preferable.
  • the content is at least the lower limit, the affinity between the phthalocyanine compound (1) and the acrylic copolymer resin (c1) is improved, and the alkali solubility tends to be improved.
  • the content ratio of the structure tends to increase, and the alkali solubility tends to improve.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (IV') in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 2 to 40 mol%, and even more preferably 5 to 30 mol%. , 8 to 20 mol % are particularly preferred.
  • R 7' represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (III') in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited. , preferably 5 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % or more, still more preferably 20 mol % or more, and preferably 80 mol % or less, more preferably 70 mol % or less, further preferably 60 mol % or less.
  • Alkali solubility tends to improve by setting it to the above lower limit or more, and the storage stability of the colored resin composition tends to improve by setting it to the above upper limit or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (III') in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is preferably 5 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 70 mol%, and even more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, even more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and 60 mgKOH/g. 300 mgKOH/g or less is preferable, 250 mgKOH/g or less is more preferable, 200 mgKOH/g or less is still more preferable, and 150 mgKOH/g or less is even more preferable.
  • Alkali solubility tends to improve by setting it to the above lower limit or more, and the storage stability of the colored resin composition tends to improve by setting it to the above upper limit or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the acid value of (C) the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10 to 300 mgKOH/g, more preferably 30 to 300 mgKOH/g, still more preferably 40 to 250 mgKOH/g, even more preferably 50 to 200 mgKOH/g, and 60 to 150 mg KOH/g is particularly preferred.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 2000 or more, still more preferably 4000 or more, even more preferably 6000 or more, even more preferably 7000 or more, and particularly preferably It is 8,000 or more, preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, even more preferably 15,000 or less, and particularly preferably 10,000 or less.
  • the content is at least the above lower limit, heat resistance and coating film curability tend to improve, and when the content is at most the above upper limit, alkali solubility tends to improve.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1000 to 30000, more preferably 2000 to 30000, still more preferably 4000 to 20000, even more preferably 6000 to 20000, even more preferably 7000 to 15000, particularly preferably 8000 to 10,000 is particularly preferred.
  • the content of (C) the alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but the total solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further Preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, even more preferably 25% by mass or more, particularly preferably 30% by mass or more, and preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass. Below, more preferably 50% by mass or less, particularly preferably 40% by mass or less. By setting the thickness to the above lower limit or more, a firm film can be obtained, and there is a tendency that the adhesion to the substrate is excellent.
  • the content of (C) alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition is preferably 1 to 80% by mass, more preferably 5 to 80% by mass, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, 10 to 60% by mass. is more preferable, 20 to 60% by mass is even more preferable, 25 to 50% by mass is particularly preferable, and 30 to 40% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention contains (D) a photopolymerization initiator.
  • a photopolymerization initiator By containing a photopolymerization initiator, it is possible to obtain film curability by photopolymerization.
  • the photopolymerization initiator can also be used as a mixture (photopolymerization initiation system) with an accelerator (chain transfer agent) and an optional additive such as a sensitizing dye.
  • the photopolymerization initiation system is a component that directly absorbs light or is photosensitized to cause a decomposition reaction or a hydrogen abstraction reaction to generate polymerization active radicals.
  • photopolymerization initiators include metallocene compounds including titanocene compounds described in JP-A-59-152396 and JP-A-61-151197, and JP-A-10-39503. hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives, halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives, N-aryl- ⁇ -amino acids such as N-phenylglycine, N-aryl- ⁇ -amino acid salts, N-aryl- ⁇ -amino acid esters, etc. radical activators, ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone compounds, and oxime ester initiators described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-80068.
  • photopolymerization initiators that can be used in the present invention are listed below.
  • benzophenone derivatives such as benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone; 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, ⁇ -hydroxy-2-methylphenylpropanone, 1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl-(p -isopropylphenyl)ketone, 1-hydroxy-1-(p-dodecylphenyl)ketone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 1,1,1 - Acetophenone derivatives such as trichloromethyl-(p-butylphenyl)ketone; Thioxanthone derivatives such as thioxanthone, 2-ethylthio
  • Benzoic acid ester derivatives such as ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate and ethyl p-diethylaminobenzoate; acridine derivatives such as 9-phenylacridine and 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)acridine; phenazine derivatives such as 9,10-dimethylbenzphenazine; anthrone derivatives such as benzanthrone; dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-phenyl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl, dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl, dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-bis-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl-1-yl, Dicyclopentagenyl
  • Oxime ester compounds (oxime ester photopolymerization initiators) are preferred.
  • Oxime ester compounds have a structure that absorbs ultraviolet light, a structure that transmits light energy, and a structure that generates radicals, so they are highly sensitive even in small amounts and are stable against thermal reactions. , and it is possible to design a highly sensitive colored resin composition in a small amount.
  • an oxime ester compound having a carbazole ring which may have a substituent is preferable from the viewpoint of light absorption with respect to the i-line (365 nm) of the exposure light source.
  • oxime ester compounds examples include compounds represented by the following general formula (I-1).
  • R 21a represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aromatic ring group.
  • R 21b represents any substituent containing an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
  • R 22a represents an optionally substituted alkanoyl group or an optionally substituted aroyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R 21a is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, from the viewpoint of solubility in solvents and sensitivity to exposure. , more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 5 or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, even more preferably 1-10, even more preferably 1-5, and particularly preferably 2-5.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopentylethyl, and propyl groups.
  • alkyl group may have include an aromatic ring group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an amide group, 4-(2-methoxy-1-methyl)ethoxy-2- Examples include a methylphenyl group and an N-acetyl-N-acetoxyamino group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably unsubstituted.
  • the aromatic ring group for R 21a includes aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 5 or more from the viewpoint of solubility in the colored resin composition. From the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, even more preferably 12 or less, and particularly preferably 8 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the aromatic ring group preferably has 5 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 5 to 20 carbon atoms, still more preferably 5 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 5 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • aromatic ring groups examples include phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, furyl, and fluorenyl groups. From the viewpoint of developability, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and a fluorenyl group are preferable, and a phenyl group and a fluorenyl group are more preferable.
  • substituents that the aromatic ring group may have include, for example, a hydroxyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, An amino group, an amido group, and an alkyl group can be mentioned.
  • a hydroxyl group and a carboxy group are preferable, and a carboxy group is more preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
  • substituents in the optionally substituted alkyl group and the optionally substituted alkoxy group include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, and a nitro group.
  • R 21a is preferably an optionally substituted alkyl group, more preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group, and still more preferably a methyl group.
  • R 21b is any substituent containing an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
  • a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent
  • a thioxanthonyl group which may have a substituent
  • a diphenyl sulfide group which may have a substituent
  • a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent and a group in which these groups are linked to a carbonyl group are preferred.
  • a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent or a group in which a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent and a carbonyl group are linked From the viewpoint of light absorption for the i-line (365 nm) of the exposure light source, a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent or a group in which a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent and a carbonyl group are linked.
  • Substituents that the carbazolyl group may have include, for example, alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl group and ethyl group; alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methoxy group and ethoxy group; Halogen atoms such as Cl, Br, I; acyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; alkyl ester groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; alkoxycarbonyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; halogenated alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; Aromatic ring group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms; Amino group; Aminoalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; Hydroxyl group; Nitro group; CN group; a heteroaroyl group which may be substituted; and a thenoyl group which may have a substituent.
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl group and ethyl group
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkanoyl group in R 22a is not particularly limited, it is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and further preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and sensitivity. It is preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 5 or less.
  • the alkanoyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, even more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 3 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • Alkanoyl groups include, for example, an acetyl group, an ethyloyl group, a propanoyl group, and a butanoyl group.
  • substituents that the alkanoyl group may have include an aromatic ring group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group, and an amide group. is preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aroyl group in R 22a is not particularly limited, it is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and further preferably 7 or more, more preferably 8 or more, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and sensitivity. It is preferably 10 or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aroyl group is preferably 7-20, more preferably 7-15, even more preferably 7-10, and particularly preferably 8-10.
  • the aroyl group includes, for example, a benzoyl group and a naphthoyl group. Substituents that the aroyl group may have include, for example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an amide group, and an alkyl group. preferable.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (I-1) include compounds represented by the following general formula (I-2) or (I-3) from the viewpoint of light absorption with respect to the i-line (365 nm) of the exposure light source. be done.
  • R 21a and R 22a are the same as in formula (I-1).
  • R 23a represents an optionally substituted alkyl group.
  • R 24a represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aroyl group, an optionally substituted heteroaroyl group, or a nitro group.
  • the benzene ring constituting the carbazole ring may be further condensed with an aromatic ring to form a polycyclic aromatic ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R 23a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and still more preferably It is 10 or less, particularly preferably 5 or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, even more preferably 1-10, even more preferably 1-5, and particularly preferably 2-5.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and cyclohexyl groups.
  • substituents that the alkyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably unsubstituted.
  • R 23a is more preferably an ethyl group from the viewpoint of solubility in solvents and ease of synthesis.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R 24a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and still more preferably It is 10 or less, particularly preferably 5 or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, even more preferably 1-10, even more preferably 1-5, and particularly preferably 2-5.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and cyclohexyl groups.
  • alkyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably unsubstituted.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aroyl group in R 24a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 8 or more, still more preferably 9 or more, and more preferably 20 or less, and more preferably It is 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 9 or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the aroyl group preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 15 carbon atoms, still more preferably 9 to 10 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 9 carbon atoms.
  • the aroyl group includes, for example, a benzoyl group and a naphthoyl group.
  • aroyl group may have include, for example, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably an ethyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the heteroaroyl group in R 24a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 8 or more, still more preferably 9 or more, and more preferably 20 or less, more preferably It is 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 9 or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the heteroaroyl group preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 15 carbon atoms, still more preferably 9 to 10 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 9 carbon atoms.
  • Heteroaryl groups include, for example, fluorobenzoyl, chlorobenzoyl, bromobenzoyl, fluoronaphthoyl, chloronaphthoyl, and bromonaphthoyl groups.
  • substituents that the heteroaroyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably unsubstituted. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 24a is preferably an optionally substituted aroyl group, more preferably a benzoyl group.
  • the benzene ring constituting the carbazole ring may be further condensed with an aromatic ring to form a polycyclic aromatic ring.
  • oxime ester compounds include, for example, OXE-02 and OXE-03 manufactured by BASF, TR-PBG-304 and TR-PBG-314 manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials, and N-1919 manufactured by ADEKA. , NCI-930, and NCI-831.
  • oxime ester compounds include the following compounds.
  • photopolymerization initiators may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • a chain transfer agent is a compound that has the function of receiving a generated radical and transferring the received radical to another compound.
  • various chain transfer agents can be used as long as they are compounds having the above functions. Examples include mercapto group-containing compounds and carbon tetrachloride, which tend to have a high chain transfer effect. Therefore, it is more preferable to use a mercapto group-containing compound. This is probably because bond cleavage is likely to occur due to the small SH bond energy, and hydrogen abstraction reaction and chain transfer reaction are likely to occur. Effective in improving sensitivity and surface curability.
  • Mercapto group-containing compounds include, for example, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 3-mercapto-1,2,4-triazole, 2-mercapto-4(3H)-quinazoline, Mercapto group-containing compounds having an aromatic ring such as ⁇ -mercaptonaphthalene and 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene; Ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), ethylene glycol bisthioglycolate, trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tristhioglycolate, trishydroxyethyl tristhiopropionate, penta Erythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptopropionate), butanediol bis (3-mercaptobutyrate), ethylene glycol bis
  • 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole are preferable, and as the aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), Pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione are preferred.
  • aliphatic mercapto group-containing compounds are preferred, and trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pionate), trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris (3-mercaptobutyl oxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione is preferred, pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate ) is more preferred
  • the content of (D) the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, preferably 1% by mass or more in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, more preferably 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more is more preferable, 4% by mass or more is particularly preferable, 15% by mass or less is preferable, 10% by mass or less is more preferable, 8% by mass or less is more preferable, and 6% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • the amount is at least the lower limit, the patterning properties after development tend to be ensured, and when the amount is at most the upper limit, a decrease in transmittance due to excessive addition of the photopolymerization initiator tends to be suppressed.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) is preferably 1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 2 to 10% by mass, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, 3 to 8 % by mass is more preferred, and 4 to 6% by mass is particularly preferred.
  • the content is not particularly limited, but preferably 0.1% by mass or more in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, 0.2% by mass or more is more preferably 0.3% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.4% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, further preferably 2% by mass or less, and 1 % by mass or less is particularly preferred.
  • 0.2% by mass or more is more preferably 0.3% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.4% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, further preferably 2% by mass or less, and 1 % by mass or less is particularly preferred.
  • the content is at least the lower limit, the solvent resistance tends to be improved, and when the content is at most the upper limit, the storage stability tends to be improved.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 3% by mass, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. , more preferably 0.3 to 2% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.4 to 1% by mass.
  • Photopolymerizable monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymerizable low-molecular-weight compound, but is capable of addition polymerization having at least one ethylenic double bond Compounds (hereinafter referred to as "ethylenic compounds") are preferred.
  • the ethylenic compound is a compound having an ethylenic double bond such that when the colored resin composition of the present invention is irradiated with actinic rays, it undergoes addition polymerization and cures due to the action of a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the monomer in the present invention means a concept corresponding to a so-called polymer substance, and means a concept including dimers, trimers, and oligomers in addition to monomers in a narrow sense.
  • the number of ethylenic double bonds possessed by the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 4 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and The number is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 7 or less.
  • the sensitivity tends to be high, and when the content is at or below the upper limit, the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the number of ethylenic double bonds possessed by the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer is preferably 2-8, more preferably 2-7, still more preferably 4-7, and particularly preferably 5-7.
  • ethylenic compounds include unsaturated carboxylic acids, esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and monohydroxy compounds, esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids, and aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids.
  • esters, esters obtained by esterification reaction with unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyvalent carboxylic acids and polyvalent hydroxy compounds such as the above-mentioned aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and aromatic polyhydroxy compounds, polyisocyanate compounds and (meth)acryloyl
  • An ethylenic compound having a urethane skeleton reacted with a containing hydroxy compound can be mentioned.
  • esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylol ethane triacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, and pentaerythritol triacrylate. , pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and glycerol acrylate.
  • acrylic acid moiety of these acrylates may be replaced with a methacrylic acid ester, an itaconic acid ester with an itaconic acid moiety, a crotonic acid ester with a crotonic acid moiety, or a maleic acid moiety with a maleic acid moiety. esters.
  • Esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include, for example, hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcin diacrylate, resorcin dimethacrylate, and pyrogallol triacrylate.
  • the ester obtained by the esterification reaction of the unsaturated carboxylic acid with the polyvalent carboxylic acid and the polyvalent hydroxy compound is not necessarily a single substance, and may be a mixture.
  • condensates of acrylic acid, phthalic acid and ethylene glycol condensates of acrylic acid, maleic acid and diethylene glycol, condensates of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid and pentaerythritol, condensates of acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol and glycerol. is mentioned.
  • Examples of ethylenic compounds having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound with a (meth)acryloyl group-containing hydroxy compound include aliphatic diisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate and trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate; cyclohexane diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate; Alicyclic diisocyanates; aromatic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate and diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxy(1,1,1-triacryloyloxymethyl)propane, Examples include reaction products with (meth)acryloyl group-containing hydroxy compounds such as hydroxy(1,1,1-trimethacryloyloxymethyl)propane.
  • the ethylenic compound used in the present invention include acrylamides such as ethylenebisacrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; and vinyl group-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate.
  • the ethylenic compound may be a monomer having an acid number.
  • the monomer having an acid value is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to convert the acid group.
  • Polyfunctional monomers are preferred, and in this ester, polyfunctional monomers in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol are particularly preferred.
  • a preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH/g.
  • it is at least the above lower limit there is a tendency that development dissolution characteristics can be improved, and when it is at most the above upper limit, production and handling are improved, and photopolymerization performance, surface smoothness of pixels, etc. are improved. Curability tends to be improved. Therefore, when two or more polyfunctional monomers having different acid groups are used in combination, or when polyfunctional monomers having no acid groups are used in combination, the acid groups of the entire polyfunctional monomer should be adjusted to fall within the above range. is preferred.
  • the polyfunctional monomer having a more preferable acid group is mainly succinic acid esters of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, which are commercially available as TO1382 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. It is a mixture of ingredients.
  • This polyfunctional monomer can also be used in combination with other polyfunctional monomers.
  • polyfunctional monomers described in paragraphs [0056] and [0057] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-140346 can be used.
  • the polymerizable monomer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-195971 from the viewpoint of improving the chemical resistance of the pixel and the linearity of the edge of the pixel. From the viewpoint of achieving both sensitivity of the coating film and shortening of development time, it is preferable to use the polymerizable monomer described in JP-A-2013-195974.
  • the content of (E) the photopolymerizable monomer is not particularly limited, preferably more than 0% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass or more in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, More preferably 10% by mass or more, still more preferably 15% by mass or more, particularly preferably 20% by mass or more, and preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 50% by mass Below, more preferably 40% by mass or less, particularly preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the curability of the coating film tends to increase, and when it is at most the above upper limit, the decrease in alkali developability tends to be suppressed.
  • (E) the content of the photopolymerizable monomer, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition preferably more than 0% by mass and 70% by mass or less, more preferably 5 to 60% by mass, 10 to 50% by mass More preferably, 15 to 40% by mass is even more preferable, and 20 to 30% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention can further contain solids other than the above components, if necessary.
  • Such components include, for example, dispersants, dispersing aids, surfactants, and antioxidants.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a pigment as (A) the colorant, it preferably contains a dispersant for the purpose of stably dispersing the pigment.
  • a dispersant for the purpose of stably dispersing the pigment.
  • the dispersants it is preferable to use a polymer dispersant because it is excellent in dispersion stability over time.
  • polymer dispersants include urethane dispersants, polyethyleneimine dispersants, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether dispersants, polyoxyethylene glycol diester dispersants, sorbitan aliphatic ester dispersants, and aliphatic modified polyesters. Mention may be made of system dispersants.
  • dispersing agents examples include trade names of EFKA (registered trademark, manufactured by BASF), DisperBYK (registered trademark, manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Disparon (registered trademark, manufactured by Kusumoto Kasei), SOLSPERSE (registered trademark, manufactured by Lubrizol). (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Polyflow (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and dispersants described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-119568.
  • block copolymers having functional groups containing nitrogen atoms are preferred, and acrylic block copolymers are more preferred, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability.
  • a block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom includes an A block having a quaternary ammonium base and/or an amino group in a side chain and a B block having no quaternary ammonium base and/or an amino group.
  • AB block copolymers and/or BAB block copolymers are preferred.
  • Examples of the functional group containing a nitrogen atom include primary to tertiary amino groups and quaternary ammonium bases, and from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability, it preferably has a primary to tertiary amino group, and a tertiary amino group. It is more preferable to have a group.
  • the structure of the repeating unit having a tertiary amino group in the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability, it is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (F1). .
  • each of R 1 and R 2 is independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, or a substituted and R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a cyclic structure.
  • R3 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • X is a divalent linking group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted alkyl group in R 1 and R 2 of the formula (F1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, and 6 or less. More preferably, 4 or less is even more preferable. For example, 1 to 10 are preferred, 1 to 6 are more preferred, and 1 to 4 are even more preferred.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and octyl groups, and methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl groups.
  • the alkyl group in formula (F1) above may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group in formula (F1) above may contain a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group and a methylcyclohexyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted aryl group in R 1 and R 2 in the above formula (F1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, and 12 or less. More preferably, 8 or less is even more preferable. For example, 6 to 16 are preferred, 6 to 12 are more preferred, and 6 to 8 are even more preferred.
  • aryl group examples include phenyl group, methylphenyl group, ethylphenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, diethylphenyl group, naphthyl group and anthracenyl group, and phenyl group, methylphenyl group, ethylphenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, A diethylphenyl group is preferred, and a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group and an ethylphenyl group are more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted aralkyl group in R 1 and R 2 in the formula (F1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, and 12 or less. More preferably, 9 or less is even more preferable. For example, 7 to 16 are preferred, 7 to 12 are more preferred, and 7 to 9 are even more preferred.
  • the aralkyl group includes, for example, a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a phenylpropyl group, a phenylbutyl group and a phenylisopropyl group, preferably a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a phenylpropyl group and a phenylbutyl group.
  • a phenylethyl group is more preferred.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently preferably an optionally substituted alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. preferable.
  • substituents that the alkyl group, aralkyl group or aryl group in R 1 and R 2 of the above formula (F1) may have include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a benzoyl group and a hydroxyl group. From the viewpoint of ease, it is preferably unsubstituted.
  • the cyclic structure formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 together includes, for example, a 5- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocyclic ring or a condensed ring formed by condensing two of these. be done.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferably non-aromatic, and more preferably saturated.
  • a nitrogen-containing heterocycle represented by the following formula (F4) is included.
  • the cyclic structure of formula (F4) above may further have a substituent.
  • the divalent linking group X includes, for example, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a —CONH—R 13 — group, a —COOR 14 — group ( However, R 13 and R 14 are a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an ether group (alkyloxyalkyl group) having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.), preferably -COO-R 14 - group.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F1) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and further preferably 10 mol% or more. More preferably 15 mol% or more, particularly preferably 20% or more, most preferably 25 mol% or more, preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, further preferably 50 mol% or less, and 40 mol % or less is particularly preferred.
  • the above upper limit and lower limit can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F1) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 to 90 mol%, more preferably 5 to 90 mol%, and 10 to 70 mol. % is more preferred, 15 to 70 mol % is even more preferred, 20 to 50 mol % is particularly preferred, and 25 to 40 mol % is most preferred.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F1) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 to 90 mol%, more preferably 5 to 90 mol%, and 10 to 70 mol. % is more preferred, 15 to 70 mol % is even more preferred, 20 to 50 mol % is particularly preferred, and 25 to 40 mol % is most preferred.
  • the block copolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (F2) from the viewpoint of enhancing compatibility with a binder component such as a solvent and improving dispersion stability.
  • R 10 is an ethylene group or a propylene group
  • R 11 is an optionally substituted alkyl group
  • R 12 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • n is an integer from 1 to 20;
  • the number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted alkyl group in R 11 of formula (F2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 10 or less, and 6 or less. is more preferred, and 4 or less is even more preferred.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group for R 11 in formula (F2) is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-6, and even more preferably 2-4.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and octyl groups, and methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl groups. group is preferred, and methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group and butyl group are more preferred.
  • the alkyl group for R 11 in formula (F2) above may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group for R 11 in formula (F2) may contain a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group and a methylcyclohexyl group.
  • substituent that the alkyl group in R 11 of the above formula (F2) may have include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a benzoyl group, and a hydroxyl group. Preferably.
  • n in the above formula (F2) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 10 or less, from the viewpoint of compatibility and dispersibility with respect to a binder component such as a solvent, It is more preferably 5 or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 1 to 10 are preferred, 1 to 5 are more preferred, and 2 to 5 are even more preferred.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F2) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, and further preferably 4 mol% or more. Also, it is preferably 30 mol % or less, more preferably 20 mol % or less, and even more preferably 10 mol % or less.
  • the above upper limit and lower limit can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F2) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 to 30 mol%, more preferably 2 to 20 mol%, and 4 to 10 mol. % is more preferred. Within the above range, there is a tendency that compatibility with a binder component such as a solvent and dispersion stability can both be achieved.
  • the block copolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (F3) from the viewpoint of enhancing compatibility with a binder component such as a solvent and improving dispersion stability.
  • R 8 is an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, or an optionally substituted aralkyl group.
  • R9 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted alkyl group in R 8 of formula (F3) is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 6 or less.
  • 1 to 10 are preferred, and 1 to 6 are more preferred.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and octyl groups, and methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl groups. group is preferred, and methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group and butyl group are more preferred.
  • the alkyl group for R 8 in formula (F3) above may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group for R 8 in formula (F3) above may include a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group and a cyclohexylmethyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted aryl group in R 8 of formula (F3) is not particularly limited, it is preferably 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less.
  • 6-16 is preferred, and 6-12 is more preferred.
  • aryl group examples include phenyl group, methylphenyl group, ethylphenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, diethylphenyl group, naphthyl group and anthracenyl group, and phenyl group, methylphenyl group, ethylphenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, A diethylphenyl group is preferred, and a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group and an ethylphenyl group are more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted aralkyl group in R 8 of formula (F3) is not particularly limited, it is preferably 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less.
  • 7-16 is preferred, and 7-12 is more preferred.
  • the aralkyl group includes a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a phenylpropyl group, a phenylbutyl group and a phenylisopropyl group, preferably a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a phenylpropyl group and a phenylbutyl group, a phenylmethyl group, A phenylethyl group is more preferred.
  • R 8 is preferably an alkyl group or an aralkyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenylmethyl group.
  • substituents that the alkyl group in R 8 may have include a halogen atom and an alkoxy group.
  • substituents that the aryl group or aralkyl group may have include a chain alkyl group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group.
  • the chain-like alkyl group represented by R 8 includes both straight-chain and branched-chain alkyl groups.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F3) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more. Moreover, 80 mol% or less is preferable, and 70 mol% or less is more preferable.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F3) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 30 to 80 mol%, more preferably 40 to 80 mol%, and 50 to 70 mol. % is more preferred. Within the above range, there is a tendency that both dispersion stability and high brightness can be achieved.
  • the block copolymer contains repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F1), the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F2), and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F3). may have.
  • Such repeating units include, for example, styrene-based monomers such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene; (meth)acrylate-based monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid chloride; (meth)acrylamide, N- vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl crotonate; and repeating units derived from N-methacryloylmorpholine.
  • the block copolymer has an A block having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (F1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (F1) from the viewpoint of further increasing dispersibility. It is preferably a block copolymer, more preferably an AB block copolymer or a BAB block copolymer.
  • the B block preferably has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (F2) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (F3).
  • a repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F1) may be contained in the A block.
  • Examples of such repeating units include repeating units derived from the aforementioned (meth)acrylic acid ester-based monomers.
  • the content of repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by formula (F1) in the A block is preferably 0 to 50 mol %, more preferably 0 to 20 mol %. Most preferably, the A block contains no repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by formula (F1).
  • a repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F3) may be contained in the B block.
  • Such repeating units include, for example, styrene-based monomers such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene; (meth)acrylate-based monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid chloride; (meth)acrylamide, N- vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl crotonate; and repeating units derived from N-methacryloylmorpholine.
  • the content of repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F3) is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably 0 to 20 mol %.
  • the B block contains no repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F3).
  • the acid value of the block copolymer is preferably as low as possible, and particularly preferably 0 mgKOH/g.
  • the amine value of the block copolymer is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 90 mgKOH/g or more.
  • 100 mgKOH/g or more is particularly preferable, 105 mgKOH/g or more is most preferable, and 150 mgKOH/g or less is preferable, and 130 mgKOH/g or less is more preferable.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the amine value of the block copolymer is preferably from 30 to 150 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 50 to 150 mgKOH/g, still more preferably from 70 to 150 mgKOH/g, even more preferably from 90 to 130 mgKOH/g, and from 100 to 130 mg KOH/g is particularly preferred and 105-130 mg KOH/g is most preferred.
  • the amine value represents the amine value in terms of effective solid content, and is a value represented by the mass of KOH equivalent to the amount of base per 1 g of solid content.
  • the molecular weight of the block copolymer is preferably in the range of 1000 to 30000 in weight average molecular weight (Mw). When it is within the above range, the dispersion stability is improved, and there is a tendency that dried foreign substances are less likely to occur during application by a slit nozzle method.
  • the block copolymer can be produced by a known method.
  • the monomer into which each repeating unit is introduced can be produced by living polymerization.
  • living polymerization method for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-62002, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-31713, P. Lutz, P.; Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79 (1984); C. Anderson, G.; D. Andrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601 (1981); Hatada, K.; Ute, et al, Polym. J. 17, 977 (1985), K. Hatada, K.; Ute, et al, Polym. J.
  • the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, preferably 0.001 wt% or more, 0.01 wt% 0.1% by mass or more is more preferable, 1% by mass or more is particularly preferable, 25% by mass or less is preferable, 20% by mass or less is more preferable, 15% by mass or less is even more preferable, and 10% by mass % or less is particularly preferred.
  • the content is at least the above lower limit, dispersibility and storage stability tend to improve.
  • the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit, electrical reliability and developability tend to be improved.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content of the dispersant in the total solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably 0.001 to 25% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, even more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass. , 1 to 10% by weight are particularly preferred.
  • the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 100 parts by mass of the pigment. is 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 15 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and preferably 70 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, More preferably 40 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content of the dispersant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment is preferably 0.5 to 70 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 70 parts by mass, even more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, and even more preferably 15 to 40 parts by mass. 20 to 30 parts by mass is particularly preferred.
  • a coloring resin composition having excellent dispersion stability and high brightness can be obtained.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention may contain, for example, a pigment derivative as a dispersing aid in order to improve the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the pigment.
  • a pigment derivative include azo, phthalocyanine, quinacridone, benzimidazolone, quinophthalone, isoindolinone, isoindoline, dioxazine, anthraquinone, indanthrene, perylene, perinone, Derivatives of diketopyrrolopyrrole-based and dioxazine-based pigments can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the substituent of the pigment derivative include a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a quaternary salt of a sulfonamide group, a phthalimidomethyl group, a dialkylaminoalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and an amide group. is bonded to the pigment skeleton via, for example, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, or directly bonded.
  • the substituent is preferably a sulfonamide group, a quaternary salt of a sulfonamide group, or a sulfonic acid group, more preferably a sulfonic acid group.
  • a single pigment skeleton may be substituted with a plurality of substituents, or a mixture of compounds having different numbers of substitutions may be used.
  • pigment derivatives include sulfonic acid derivatives of azo pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of phthalocyanine pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of quinophthalone pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of isoindoline pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of anthraquinone pigments, and quinacridone pigments. , sulfonic acid derivatives of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, and sulfonic acid derivatives of dioxazine pigments.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant, and examples of surfactants include anionic, cationic, nonionic, amphoteric surfactants, etc. Various surfactants can be used, but nonionic surfactants are preferred because they are less likely to adversely affect various properties.
  • the content of the surfactant is not particularly limited, preferably 0.001 mass% or more in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, still more preferably 0.5% by mass % by mass or less, particularly preferably 0.3% by mass or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass, and 0.05 to 0.5% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. is more preferred, and 0.1 to 0.3% by mass is particularly preferred.
  • the coating property of the colored resin composition is improved, and the transmittance of the pixels in the color filter substrate of the product is improved.
  • dispersion treatment using a sand grinder, it is preferable to use glass beads or zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.1 to several mm.
  • the temperature during the dispersion treatment is preferably set in the range of 0°C or higher, more preferably room temperature (eg, 25°C) or higher, and preferably 100°C or lower, preferably 80°C or lower.
  • room temperature eg, 25°C
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it can be set to 0-100°C, 0-80°C, or room temperature to 80°C.
  • the appropriate dispersion time may vary depending on the composition of the pigment dispersion, the size of the sand grinder, and the like, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • the pigment dispersion obtained in the dispersion treatment step is mixed with a solvent, (C) an alkali-soluble resin, (D) a photopolymerization initiator and (E) a photopolymerizable monomer, and if necessary, components other than the above. Make a uniform dispersion solution.
  • a solvent e.g., a solvent for a pigment dispersion treatment.
  • D alkali-soluble resin
  • E a photopolymerizable monomer
  • a uniform solution can be obtained by mixing a photopolymerizable monomer and, if necessary, components other than those described above. It is preferable to filter the obtained solution with a filter or the like.
  • the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) having a repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain contained in the alkali-soluble resin (C) is a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer mixture containing a monomer containing an aromatic ring. is preferred. Furthermore, it is more preferred that the monomer mixture contains a monomer containing an alicyclic structure. Further, it is more preferable that the alicyclic structure is a saturated alicyclic structure. A resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer mixture containing a (meth)acrylic monomer containing an aromatic ring and a (meth)acrylic monomer containing an alicyclic structure is particularly preferred.
  • the color filter of the present invention comprises pixels produced using the colored resin composition of the present invention.
  • the material of the transparent substrate of the color filter is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent and has appropriate strength.
  • materials include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polypropylene and polyethylene, thermoplastic resin sheets such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, and polysulfone, epoxy resins, unsaturated polyester resins, and poly(meth)acryl.
  • a thermosetting resin sheet such as a base resin, or various types of glass may be used. Among these, glass or heat-resistant resin is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • the transparent substrate and the substrate provided with a black matrix may be treated with corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, silane coupling agents, various resins such as urethane resins, if necessary.
  • a thin film forming process or the like may be performed.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate is preferably 0.05 mm or more, more preferably 0.1 mm or more, and preferably 10 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 0.05 to 10 mm, more preferably 0.1 to 7 mm.
  • the film thickness is preferably in the range of 0.01 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or more, and preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.05 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the color filter of the present invention can be produced by providing a black matrix on a transparent substrate, and more preferably by forming pixel images of red, green and blue.
  • the colored resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a coating liquid for forming green pixels (resist pattern).
  • a green pixel (resist pattern) forming coating liquid on a resin black matrix formation surface formed on a transparent substrate, or on a metal black matrix formation surface formed using a chromium compound or other light-shielding metal material, A pixel image is formed by carrying out coating, heat drying, imagewise exposure, development and baking.
  • a black matrix is formed on a transparent substrate using a light-shielding metal thin film or a colored resin composition for a black matrix.
  • a light-shielding metal material chromium compounds such as chromium metal, chromium oxide, and chromium nitride, alloys of nickel and tungsten, and the like are used. These metal light-shielding films are generally formed by a sputtering method. After forming a desired film pattern with a positive photoresist, chromium is treated with ceric ammonium nitrate and perchloric acid and/or nitric acid. and other materials are etched using an etchant suitable for the material, and finally the positive photoresist is removed with a special remover to form a black matrix. be able to.
  • a thin film of these metals or metal/metal oxides is formed on a transparent substrate by vapor deposition, sputtering, or the like.
  • the coating film is exposed and developed using a photomask having a repeating pattern such as stripes, mosaics, and triangles to form a resist image.
  • the coating film can be etched to form a black matrix.
  • a black matrix is formed using a colored resin composition containing a black colorant.
  • black colorants such as carbon black, graphite, iron black, aniline black, cyanine black, and titanium black, or a plurality of black colorants, or inorganic or organic pigments, dyes, red, green, blue, etc.
  • a black matrix can be formed using a colored resin composition containing a mixed black colorant in the same manner as in the method for forming pixel images of red, green and blue below.
  • the application of the colored resin composition for color filters can be performed by a spinner method, a wire bar method, a flow coating method, a die coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method, or the like.
  • a spinner method a wire bar method
  • a flow coating method a die coating method
  • a roll coating method a spray coating method, or the like.
  • the die coating method the amount of coating liquid used is greatly reduced, and there is no effect of mist that adheres when using the spin coating method, and the generation of foreign matter is suppressed. from the point of view.
  • the thickness of the coating film after drying is preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or more, and preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less. More preferably, it is in the range of 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 0.2 to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m, still more preferably 0.8 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Drying of Coating Film Drying of the coating film after applying the colored resin composition to the substrate is preferably by a drying method using a hot plate, an IR oven, or a convection oven. Usually, after pre-drying, it is dried by heating again. Pre-drying conditions can be appropriately selected according to the type of the solvent component, the performance of the dryer to be used, and the like. The drying temperature and drying time are selected according to the type of solvent component, the performance of the dryer used, and the like. Specifically, the drying temperature is preferably 40° C. or higher, more preferably 50° C. or higher, and preferably 80° C. or lower, more preferably 70° C. or lower. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the drying time is preferably 15 seconds or longer, more preferably 30 seconds or longer, and preferably 5 minutes or shorter, more preferably 3 minutes or shorter.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, preferably 15 seconds to 5 minutes, more preferably 30 seconds to 3 minutes.
  • the temperature conditions for reheating and drying are preferably higher than the pre-drying temperature. More preferably, it is 130° C. or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 50 to 200°C, more preferably 50 to 160°C, still more preferably 70 to 130°C.
  • the drying time depends on the heating temperature, but is preferably 10 seconds or longer, more preferably 15 seconds or longer, and preferably 10 minutes or shorter, more preferably 5 minutes.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 15 seconds to 5 minutes. The higher the drying temperature, the better the adhesiveness to the transparent substrate.
  • a reduced pressure drying method may be used in which the drying is performed in a reduced pressure chamber without raising the temperature.
  • Exposure Step Imagewise exposure is carried out by overlaying a negative matrix pattern on the coating film of the colored resin composition and irradiating it with an ultraviolet or visible light source through this mask pattern. In this case, if necessary, exposure may be performed after forming an oxygen barrier layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer on the photopolymerizable layer in order to prevent deterioration of the sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer due to oxygen.
  • the light source used for the above image exposure is not particularly limited.
  • Examples of light sources include lamp light sources such as xenon lamps, halogen lamps, tungsten lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, medium-pressure mercury lamps, low-pressure mercury lamps, carbon arcs, and fluorescent lamps, argon ion lasers, YAG lasers, Examples include laser light sources such as excimer lasers, nitrogen lasers, helium-cadmium lasers, and semiconductor lasers. An optical filter can also be used when irradiating and using the light of a specific wavelength.
  • the color filter of the present invention is formed by subjecting the coating film using the colored resin composition of the present invention to imagewise exposure with the light source described above, followed by an aqueous solution containing a surfactant and an alkaline compound.
  • an aqueous solution containing a surfactant and an alkaline compound can be produced by forming an image on the substrate by developing with This aqueous solution may further contain organic solvents, buffers, complexing agents, dyes or pigments.
  • alkaline compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, sodium phosphate, phosphorus Inorganic alkaline compounds such as potassium acid, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide, mono-, di- or triethanolamine, mono-, di- or trimethylamine, mono-, di- or triethylamine, mono- or diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, mono-, di- or triisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediimine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), choline, etc.
  • Examples include organic alkaline compounds. These alkaline compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • surfactants include nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylaryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, and monoglyceride alkyl esters; Anionic surfactants such as salts, alkylnaphthalenesulfonates, alkylsulfates, alkylsulfonates, and sulfosuccinate ester salts, and amphoteric surfactants such as alkylbetaines and amino acids.
  • nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylaryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, and monoglyceride alkyl esters
  • Anionic surfactants such as salts, alkylnaphthalenesulfonates, alkylsulfates, alkylsulfonates, and sulfosuccinate
  • organic solvents include isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, phenyl cellosolve, propylene glycol, and diacetone alcohol.
  • An organic solvent can be used in combination with an aqueous solution.
  • the conditions for development are not particularly limited, but the development temperature is preferably 10° C. or higher, more preferably 15° C. or higher, still more preferably 20° C. or higher, and preferably 50° C. or lower, more preferably 45° C. or lower. More preferably, the temperature is in the range of 40°C or less.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 10 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 45°C, still more preferably 20 to 40°C.
  • the development method can be any one of immersion development, spray development, brush development, ultrasonic development, and the like.
  • the color filter after development is baked.
  • the firing conditions at this time are selected in the range of preferably 100° C. or higher, more preferably 150° C. or higher, and preferably 280° C. or lower, more preferably 250° C. or lower.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 100 to 280°C, more preferably 150 to 250°C.
  • the time is selected in the range of 5 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less.
  • the color filter of the present invention is used as a part of a component such as a color display or a liquid crystal display by forming a transparent electrode such as ITO on an image as it is.
  • a transparent electrode such as ITO
  • a topcoat layer of polyamide, polyimide, or the like may be provided on the image, if necessary.
  • the transparent electrode may not be formed.
  • An image display device of the present invention includes the color filter of the present invention.
  • a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display device will be described in detail as image display devices.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is usually manufactured by forming an alignment film on the color filter of the present invention, dispersing spacers on the alignment film, and then bonding it to a counter substrate to form a liquid crystal cell. Inject liquid crystal into the , and connect it to the counter electrode to complete the process.
  • the alignment film is preferably a resin film such as polyimide.
  • a gravure printing method and/or a flexographic printing method is usually employed for forming the alignment film, and the thickness of the alignment film is set to several tens of nanometers. After hardening the alignment film by baking, the surface is treated by irradiation with ultraviolet rays or treatment with a rubbing cloth, so that the surface state is processed so that the inclination of the liquid crystal can be adjusted.
  • the spacer used has a thickness corresponding to the gap (clearance) with the opposing substrate, and a thickness of 2 to 8 ⁇ m is suitable.
  • a photo-spacer (PS) made of a transparent resin film can be formed on the color filter substrate by photolithography and used instead of the spacer.
  • As the counter substrate an array substrate is usually used, and a TFT (thin film transistor) substrate is particularly suitable.
  • the gap between the opposing substrate and the bonding substrate varies depending on the application of the liquid crystal display device, but is selected in the range of 2 ⁇ m or more and 8 ⁇ m or less.
  • a sealing material such as epoxy resin.
  • the sealing material is cured by UV irradiation and/or heating to seal the periphery of the liquid crystal cell.
  • the pressure is reduced in a vacuum chamber, the liquid crystal inlet is immersed in the liquid crystal, and then the chamber is leaked to inject the liquid crystal into the liquid crystal cell. .
  • the degree of pressure reduction in the liquid crystal cell is preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 Pa or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 or less, and preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 Pa or more, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 Pa or more. is.
  • the above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. It is preferably from 1 ⁇ 10 -7 to 1 ⁇ 10 -2 Pa, more preferably from 1 ⁇ 10 -6 to 1 ⁇ 10 -3 Pa.
  • the above upper bounds and my opinion can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 30 to 100°C, more preferably 50 to 90°C.
  • the heating and holding at the reduced pressure is in the range of 10 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less, and then immersed in the liquid crystal.
  • a liquid crystal display device (panel) is completed by sealing the liquid crystal injection port of the liquid crystal cell into which the liquid crystal is injected by curing the UV curing resin.
  • any known liquid crystal such as aromatic, aliphatic, polycyclic compounds, lyotropic liquid crystal, thermotropic liquid crystal, or the like may be used.
  • Thermotropic liquid crystals include nematic liquid crystals, smestic liquid crystals, cholesteric liquid crystals, and the like, and any of them may be used.
  • a multicolor organic EL element 100 is produced by laminating an organic light-emitting body 500 on a blue color filter formed with an organic protective layer 30 and an inorganic oxide film 40 interposed therebetween.
  • the organic light emitter 500 As a method of stacking the organic light emitter 500, a method of sequentially forming a transparent anode 50, a hole injection layer 51, a hole transport layer 52, a light emitting layer 53, an electron injection layer 54, and a cathode 55 on the upper surface of the color filter, or , a method of bonding the organic light emitter 500 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 40, and the like.
  • the organic EL element 100 manufactured in this way can be applied to both a passive drive type organic EL display device and an active drive type organic EL display device.
  • ⁇ Phthalocyanine compound A> A phthalocyanine compound A having the following chemical structure synthesized according to Example 30 of JP-A-05-345861 was used.
  • a methacrylic AB block copolymer comprising an A block having a nitrogen atom-containing functional group and a B block having a solvent-philic group.
  • the amine number is 120 mg KOH/g and the acid number is less than 1 mg KOH/g.
  • the content ratio of repeating units represented by the following formulas (1a), (2a), (3a), (4a), and (5a) in all repeating units is less than 1 mol%, 34.5 mol%, and 6 .9 mol %, 13.8 mol %, and 6.9 mol %.
  • 38.5 parts by mass of styrene, 85.2 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 6.6 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) are added dropwise, and 2.2'-azobis- A mixed solution of 8.47 parts by mass of 2-methylbutyronitrile was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours.
  • the inside of the reaction vessel was changed to air exchange, 0.3 parts by mass of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.06 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 11.8 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120°C for 6 hours. After that, 43.6 parts by mass of succinic anhydride (SA) and 1.4 parts by mass of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120° C. for 3.5 hours.
  • SA succinic anhydride
  • the polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of the thus obtained alkali-soluble resin A measured by GPC was about 9000, the acid value was 100 mgKOH/g, and the double bond equivalent was 410 g/mol.
  • the alkali-soluble resin A corresponds to the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
  • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the obtained resin solution so that the solid content was 40% by mass, and used as alkali-soluble resin A for the preparation of a colored resin composition.
  • 38.5 parts by mass of styrene, 85.2 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 6.6 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) are added dropwise, and 2.2'-azobis- A mixed solution of 8.47 parts by mass of 2-methylbutyronitrile was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours.
  • reaction vessel was changed to air exchange, 0.3 parts by mass of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.06 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 11.8 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120°C for 6 hours. After that, 66.3 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 1.4 parts by mass of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120° C. for 3.5 hours.
  • THPA tetrahydrophthalic anhydride
  • the polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of the alkali-soluble resin B thus obtained measured by GPC was about 14000, the acid value was 100 mgKOH/g, and the double bond equivalent was 440 g/mol.
  • the alkali-soluble resin B corresponds to the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
  • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the obtained resin solution so that the solid content was 40% by mass, and used as alkali-soluble resin B for the preparation of a colored resin composition.
  • 10.4 parts by mass of styrene, 85.2 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 66.0 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise, and 2.2'-azobis- A mixed solution of 8.47 parts by mass of 2-methylbutyronitrile was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours.
  • reaction vessel was changed to air exchange, 0.3 parts by mass of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.06 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 15.1 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120°C for 6 hours. After that, 59.3 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 1.4 parts by mass of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120° C. for 3.5 hours.
  • THPA tetrahydrophthalic anhydride
  • the polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of the alkali-soluble resin C thus obtained measured by GPC was about 9000, the acid value was 80 mgKOH/g, and the double bond equivalent was 480 g/mol.
  • the alkali-soluble resin C when the total number of moles of the repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin C is 100 mol%, the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 10 mol%, and the repeating unit containing a saturated alicyclic structure on the side chain. is 30 mol %, and the alkali-soluble resin C does not correspond to the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
  • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the obtained resin solution so that the solid content was 40% by mass, and used as an alkali-soluble resin C for preparing a colored resin composition.
  • 5.2 parts by mass of styrene, 132 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 4.4 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise to give 2.2′-azobis-2- A mixed solution of 8.47 parts by mass of methylbutyronitrile was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours.
  • the inside of the reaction vessel was changed to air exchange, 0.7 parts by mass of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.12 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 59.8 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120°C for 6 hours. After that, 15.2 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 0.7 parts by mass of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120° C. for 3.5 hours.
  • THPA tetrahydrophthalic anhydride
  • the polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of the alkali-soluble resin D thus obtained measured by GPC was about 9000, the acid value was 25 mgKOH/g, and the double bond equivalent was 260 g/mol.
  • the alkali-soluble resin D when the total number of moles of the repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin D is 100 mol%, the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 5 mol%, and the repeating unit containing a saturated alicyclic structure on the side chain. is 2 mol %, and the alkali-soluble resin D does not correspond to the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
  • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the obtained resin solution so that the solid content was 40% by mass, and used as alkali-soluble resin D for the preparation of a colored resin composition.
  • ⁇ Alkali-soluble resin E> Prepare a separable flask equipped with a cooling tube as a reaction tank, charge 400 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, replace with nitrogen, and then heat with an oil bath while stirring to raise the temperature of the reaction tank to 90 ° C. bottom.
  • an alkali-soluble resin E having a polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of 9000, an acid value of 101 mgKOH/g and a double bond equivalent of 550 g/mol was obtained as measured by GPC.
  • the total number of moles of the repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin E is 100 mol%, the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 0 mol%, and the repeating unit containing a saturated alicyclic structure on the side chain is 44. mol %, and the alkali-soluble resin E does not correspond to the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
  • the contrast when the chromaticity of sy 0.607 was measured with a C light source with a contrast meter (CT-1 manufactured by Tsubosaka Electric Co., Ltd.). Table 2 shows the measured contrast.
  • Examples 1 and 2 containing alkali-soluble resin A or B corresponding to alkali-soluble resin (c-1) are Comparative Examples 1-3 that do not contain alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
  • the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) contains many repeating units containing an aromatic ring on the side chain, and the aromatic ring and the phthalocyanine compound A approach each other by ⁇ - ⁇ stacking, It is considered that the molecules associate with each other in the baking process, promote regular arrangement (crystallization), and improve the contrast.
  • the small amount of repeating units containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain prevents the bulky alicyclic structure from inhibiting the association of the molecules of the phthalocyanine compound, thereby improving the contrast.

Abstract

Provided is a colored resin composition that makes it possible to obtain a cured film having excellent luminance and favorable contrast. This colored resin composition contains a colorant (A), a solvent (B), an alkali-soluble resin (C), a photopolymerization initiator (D), and a photopolymerizable monomer (E). The colorant (A) contains a specific phthalocyanine compound. The alkali-soluble resin (C) contains an alkali-soluble resin (c-1) having repeating units that include an aromatic ring on a side chain. The total content ratio of the repeating units that include the aromatic ring on the side chain in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 20 mol% or higher.

Description

着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ及び画像表示装置Colored resin composition, color filter and image display device
 本発明は、着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ及び画像表示装置に関する。
 本願は、2021年10月12日に日本出願された特願2021-167165号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。
The present invention relates to a colored resin composition, a color filter and an image display device.
This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-167165 filed in Japan on October 12, 2021, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 従来、液晶表示装置等に用いられるカラーフィルタを製造する方法としては、顔料分散法、染色法、電着法、印刷法が知られている。中でも、分光特性、耐久性、パターン形状及び精度等の観点から、平均的に優れた特性を有する顔料分散法が最も広範に採用されている。 Conventionally, pigment dispersion methods, dyeing methods, electrodeposition methods, and printing methods are known as methods for manufacturing color filters used in liquid crystal display devices and the like. Among them, the pigment dispersion method, which has excellent characteristics on average, is most widely used from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, accuracy, and the like.
 近年、カラーフィルタに対して、より高輝度、高コントラスト且つ高色域化が要求されている。カラーフィルタの色を決める着色剤としては、耐熱性、耐光性等の観点から一般には顔料が用いられているが、顔料では特に高輝度については市場要求を満たすことが出来なくなってきており、着色剤として顔料に替えて染料を用いる検討が盛んにおこなわれている。緑色画素については染料として特定のフタロシアニン化合物を用いる検討が行われている(例えば、特許文献1~3参照)。 In recent years, there has been a demand for higher brightness, higher contrast, and a wider color gamut for color filters. Pigments are generally used as colorants to determine the color of color filters from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. The use of dyes instead of pigments as agents has been extensively studied. As for green pixels, the use of a specific phthalocyanine compound as a dye is under investigation (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
日本国特開2019-113732号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-113732 国際公開第2020/171060号WO2020/171060 日本国特開2020-046655号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-046655
 本発明者らが検討を行ったところ、特許文献1~3に記載されている着色樹脂組成物では、実用上コントラストが十分ではないことが見出された。
 そこで本発明は、コントラストが良好な硬化膜が得られる着色樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とする。
As a result of investigation by the present inventors, it was found that the colored resin compositions described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 do not have sufficient contrast for practical use.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a colored resin composition from which a cured film having good contrast can be obtained.
 本発明者らが鋭意検討を行った結果、着色剤として特定のフタロシアニン化合物を用い、さらに、特定の構造をもつアルカリ可溶性樹脂を用いることで、上記課題を解決することができることを見出し、本発明に至った。
 すなわち、本発明は以下の構成を有する。
As a result of intensive studies by the present inventors, it was found that the above problems can be solved by using a specific phthalocyanine compound as a coloring agent and also using an alkali-soluble resin having a specific structure. reached.
That is, the present invention has the following configurations.
[1](A)着色剤、(B)溶剤、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂、(D)光重合開始剤、及び(E)光重合性モノマーを含有する着色樹脂組成物であって、
 前記(A)着色剤が、下記一般式(1)で表される化学構造を有するフタロシアニン化合物を含有し、
 前記(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂が、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)を含有し、
 前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、前記側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位の合計含有割合が20モル%以上であることを特徴とする着色樹脂組成物。
[1] A colored resin composition containing (A) a coloring agent, (B) a solvent, (C) an alkali-soluble resin, (D) a photopolymerization initiator, and (E) a photopolymerizable monomer,
The (A) colorant contains a phthalocyanine compound having a chemical structure represented by the following general formula (1),
The (C) alkali-soluble resin contains an alkali-soluble resin (c-1) having a repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on a side chain,
When the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100 mol%, the total content of repeating units containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 20 mol% or more. A colored resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(式(1)中、A1~A16は各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は下記一般式(2)で表される基を表す。ただし、A1~A16のうち1つ以上はフッ素原子を表し、かつ、A1~A16のうち1つ以上は下記一般式(2)で表される基を表す。) (In formula (1), A 1 to A 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a group represented by the following general formula (2), provided that one or more of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, and at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by the following general formula (2).)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(式(2)中、Xは2価の連結基を表す。式(2)中のベンゼン環は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。*は結合手を表す。)
[2]前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)において、前記側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位の合計含有割合が30モル%以上である、[1]の着色樹脂組成物。
[3]前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位を有し、前記脂環式構造が飽和脂環式構造である、[1]又は[2]の着色樹脂組成物。
[4]前記側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位において、主鎖から前記脂環式構造までの距離が原子数4以下である、[3]の着色樹脂組成物。
[5]前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、前記側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位の合計含有割合が10モル%以下である、[3]又は[4]の着色樹脂組成物。
[6]前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が前記側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(3)及び下記一般式(4)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種を有する、[1]~[5]のいずれかの着色樹脂組成物。
(In Formula (2), X represents a divalent linking group. The benzene ring in Formula (2) may have any substituent. * represents a bond.)
[2] The colored resin composition of [1], wherein in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1), the total content of repeating units containing aromatic rings on the side chains is 30 mol% or more.
[3] [1] or [2], wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on a side chain, and the alicyclic structure is a saturated alicyclic structure; colored resin composition.
[4] The colored resin composition of [3], wherein in the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain, the distance from the main chain to the alicyclic structure is 4 atoms or less.
[5] When the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100 mol%, the total content of repeating units containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is 10 mol% or less. The colored resin composition of [3] or [4].
[6] As the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1), at least one selected from repeating units represented by the following general formulas (3) and (4) The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], which has seeds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(式(3)及び式(4)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。式(3)及び式(4)中のベンゼン環は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。)
[7]前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が前記側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位として、前記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、[6]の着色樹脂組成物。
[8]前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が前記側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(5)及び下記一般式(6)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種を有する、[3]~[5]のいずれかの着色樹脂組成物。
(In formulas (3) and (4), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The benzene ring in formulas (3) and (4) has an optional substituent. may be used.)
[7] The colored resin composition of [6], wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) as a repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain.
[8] The repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is selected from repeating units represented by the following general formulas (5) and (6). The colored resin composition according to any one of [3] to [5], which has at least one.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(式(5)及び式(6)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。式(5)及び式(6)中の飽和炭化水素環は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。)
[9]前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が前記側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位として、前記一般式(5)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、[8]の着色樹脂組成物。
[10]前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が下記一般式(I)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、[1]~[9]のいずれかの着色樹脂組成物。
(In formulas (5) and (6), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The saturated hydrocarbon rings in formulas (5) and (6) have optional substituents. may be.)
[9] The colored resin composition of [8], wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (5) as a repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain. thing.
[10] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(式(I)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Rは、置換基を有していてもよい、3価の炭化水素基を表す。
 Rは、置換基を有していてもよい、2価の炭化水素基を表す。)
[11]前記(A)着色剤の含有割合が、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分量に対して10質量%以上である、[1]~[10]のいずれかの着色樹脂組成物。
[12]前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)の含有割合が、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分量に対して10質量%以上である、[1]~[11]のいずれかの着色樹脂組成物。
[13][1]~[12]のいずれかの着色樹脂組成物を用いて作製した画素を備える、カラーフィルタ。
[14][13]のカラーフィルタを備える、画像表示装置。
(In Formula (I), R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R 2 represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
R 4 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. )
[11] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein the content of (A) the colorant is 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the colored resin composition.
[12] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11], wherein the content of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the colored resin composition. .
[13] A color filter comprising pixels produced using the colored resin composition of any one of [1] to [12].
[14] An image display device comprising the color filter of [13].
 本発明によれば、輝度に優れ、コントラストが良好な硬化膜が得られる着色樹脂組成物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored resin composition that gives a cured film with excellent brightness and good contrast.
図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタを有する有機EL素子の一例を示す断面概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of an organic EL device having a color filter of the present invention.
 本発明において、「重量平均分子量」とは、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)によるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)をさす。
 本発明において、「アミン価」とは、特に断りのない限り有効固形分換算のアミン価を表し、分散剤の固形分1gあたりの塩基量と当量のKOHの質量で表される値である。
 本発明において、酸価とは、特に断りのない限り有効固形分換算の酸価を意味し、中和滴定により算出される。
 本発明において、「C.I.」とはカラーインデックスを意味する。
 本発明において、「全固形分」とは、着色樹脂組成物中に含まれる、溶剤以外の全成分を意味するものとする。溶剤以外の成分が常温で液体であっても、その成分は溶剤には含めず、全固形分に含める。
 本発明において、「(メタ)アクリル」とは、「アクリル及びメタクリルのいずれか一方又は両方」を意味する。
 さらに、本発明において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
In the present invention, the "weight average molecular weight" refers to the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
In the present invention, the "amine value" represents the amine value in terms of effective solid content unless otherwise specified, and is a value represented by the mass of KOH equivalent to the amount of base per 1 g of solid content of the dispersant.
In the present invention, the acid value means an acid value in terms of effective solid content, unless otherwise specified, and is calculated by neutralization titration.
In the present invention, "C.I." means Color Index.
In the present invention, "total solid content" means all components other than the solvent contained in the colored resin composition. Even if a component other than the solvent is liquid at normal temperature, the component is not included in the solvent but is included in the total solid content.
In the present invention, "(meth)acryl" means "one or both of acryl and methacryl".
Furthermore, in the present invention, a numerical range represented by "-" means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as lower and upper limits.
[1]着色樹脂組成物
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、(A)着色剤、(B)溶剤、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂、(D)光重合開始剤、及び(E)光重合性モノマーを含む。さらに必要に応じて、上記成分以外の他の添加物等が配合されていてもよい。
[1] Colored resin composition The colored resin composition of the present invention includes (A) a colorant, (B) a solvent, (C) an alkali-soluble resin, (D) a photopolymerization initiator, and (E) a photopolymerizable monomer. including. Further, if necessary, additives other than the above components may be added.
[1-1](A)着色剤
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物に含まれる(A)着色剤は、下記一般式(1)で表される化学構造を有するフタロシアニン化合物(以下、「フタロシアニン化合物(1)」と称する場合がある。)を含む。
[1-1] (A) Colorant The (A) colorant contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention is a phthalocyanine compound having a chemical structure represented by the following general formula (1) (hereinafter referred to as "phthalocyanine compound ( 1)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式(1)中、A1~A16は各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は下記一般式(2)で表される基を表す。ただし、A1~A16のうち1つ以上はフッ素原子を表し、A1~A16のうち1つ以上は下記一般式(2)で表される基を表す。 In formula (1), A 1 to A 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a group represented by the following general formula (2). At least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, and at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式(2)中、Xは2価の連結基を表す。式(2)中のベンゼン環は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。*は結合手を表す。 In formula (2), X represents a divalent linking group. The benzene ring in formula (2) may have any substituent. * represents a bond.
(A1~A16
 前記式(1)中、A1~A16は各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は下記一般式(2)で表される基を表す。ただし、A1~A16のうち1つ以上はフッ素原子を表し、A1~A16のうち1つ以上は下記一般式(2)で表される基を表す。
( A1 to A16 )
In formula (1), A 1 to A 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a group represented by general formula (2) below. At least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, and at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(2)中、Xは2価の連結基を表す。式(2)中のベンゼン環は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。*は結合手を表す。 In formula (2), X represents a divalent linking group. The benzene ring in formula (2) may have any substituent. * represents a bond.
 A1~A16におけるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子が挙げられる。カラーフィルタに用いられる緑色色素として最適な色相に調整するとの観点や輝度を高くするとの観点からフッ素原子が好ましい。 Halogen atoms in A 1 to A 16 include, for example, fluorine, chlorine and bromine atoms. A fluorine atom is preferable from the viewpoint of adjusting the hue to an optimum hue as a green dye used in a color filter and from the viewpoint of increasing the luminance.
 A1~A16のうち1つ以上はフッ素原子を表し、6つ以上が好ましく、7つ以上がより好ましく、8つ以上がさらに好ましく、また、15以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましく、10以下がさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでフタロシアニン化合物(1)の安定性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで着色樹脂組成物中の分散剤や溶剤との親和性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、A1~A16のうちフッ素原子を表す置換基の個数は、1~15であり、6~12が好ましく、7~10がより好ましい。 One or more of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 7 or more, still more preferably 8 or more, preferably 15 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and 10 More preferred are: The stability of the phthalocyanine compound (1) tends to be improved by setting it to the lower limit or more, and the affinity with the dispersant or solvent in the colored resin composition is improved by setting it to the upper limit or less. Tend. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of substituents representing fluorine atoms among A 1 to A 16 is 1 to 15, preferably 6 to 12, more preferably 7 to 10.
(X)
 式(2)中のXは2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては特に限定されないが、酸素原子、硫黄原子、-N(Ra1)-基(Ra1は水素原子、又は炭素数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。)が挙げられる。フタロシアニン化合物(1)のベーク時における安定性の観点から、酸素原子又は硫黄原子が好ましく、酸素原子がより好ましい。
(X)
X in formula (2) represents a divalent linking group. Although the divalent linking group is not particularly limited, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and -N(R a1 )- group (R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms). mentioned. From the viewpoint of stability during baking of the phthalocyanine compound (1), an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is preferred, and an oxygen atom is more preferred.
(ベンゼン環が有していてもよい置換基)
 式(2)中のベンゼン環は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基(-RA基)、アルコキシ基(-ORA基(ただし、RAはアルキル基を表す。))、アルコキシカルボニル基(-COORA基(ただし、RAはアルキル基を表す。))、アリール基(-RB基)、アリールオキシ基(-ORB基(ただし、RBはアリール基を表す。))、アリールオキシカルボニル基(-COORB基(ただし、RBはアリール基を表す。))が挙げられる。溶剤との親和性や輝度の観点から、アルコキシカルボニル基が好ましい。
(Substituent that the benzene ring may have)
The benzene ring in formula (2) may have any substituent. Although the substituent is not particularly limited, for example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group ( -RA group), an alkoxy group ( -OR group (where RA represents an alkyl group)), an alkoxycarbonyl group (-COOR A group (where RA represents an alkyl group)), aryl group (-R B group), aryloxy group (-OR B group (where RB represents an aryl group)), aryloxycarbonyl group (-COOR B group (R B represents an aryl group)). An alkoxycarbonyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of affinity with solvents and brightness.
 これらの基に含まれるアルキル基は、直鎖状でも、分岐鎖状でも、環状でもよいが、溶剤との親和性の観点から直鎖状であることが好ましい。
 アルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、1以上が好ましく、2以上がより好ましく、また、6以下が好ましく、5以下がより好ましく、4以下がさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで、凝集を抑制し、異物抑制となる傾向がある。前記上限値以下とすることで、溶剤親和性が向上し、経時安定性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルキル基の炭素数は1~6が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、2~4がさらに好ましい。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基が挙げられ、凝集抑制の観点から、メチル基、エチル基が好ましく、エチル基がより好ましい。
The alkyl group contained in these groups may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear from the viewpoint of affinity with solvents.
Although the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 6 or less, more preferably 5 or less, and even more preferably 4 or less. By making it more than the said lower limit, there exists a tendency which suppresses agglomeration and becomes a foreign material suppression. By making it below the said upper limit, there exists a tendency for solvent affinity to improve and aging stability to improve. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-5, and even more preferably 2-4.
Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, and hexyl group. From the viewpoint of suppressing aggregation, methyl group and ethyl group are preferable, and ethyl group is more preferable.
 これらの基に含まれるアリール基は、芳香族炭化水素環基であってもよく、芳香族複素環基であってもよい。
 アリール基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、4以上が好ましく、6以上がより好ましく、また、12以下が好ましく、10以下がより好ましく、8以下がさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで立体反発による凝集を抑制する傾向がある。前記上限値以下とすることで溶剤親和性が向上し、経時安定性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができ、例えば、アリール基の炭素数は4~12が好ましく、4~10がより好ましく、6~8がさらに好ましい。
The aryl group contained in these groups may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.
Although the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less. When the content is at least the above lower limit, aggregation due to steric repulsion tends to be suppressed. When the content is equal to or less than the upper limit, there is a tendency that solvent affinity is improved and stability over time is improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the aryl group preferably has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 8 carbon atoms.
 芳香族炭化水素環基における芳香族炭化水素環としては、単環であっても縮合環であってもよい。芳香族炭化水素環基としては、例えば、1個の遊離原子価を有する、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ペンタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、ヘプタレン環が挙げられる。
 芳香族複素環基における芳香族複素環としては、単環であっても縮合環であってもよい。芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、1個の遊離原子価を有する、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピロール環、2H-ピラン環、4H-チオピラン環、ピリジン環、1,3-オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、1,3-チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、フラザン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、1,3,5-トリアジン環、ベンゾフラン環 、2-ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、2-ベンゾチオフェン環、1H-ピロリジン環、インドール環、イソインドール環、インドリジン環、2H-1-ベンゾピラン環、1H-2-ベンゾピラン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、4H-キノリジン環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、1H-インダゾール環、キノキサリン環、キナゾリン環、シンノリン環、フタラジン環、1,8-ナフチリジン環、プリン環、プテリジン環が挙げられる。
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be monocyclic or condensed. Examples of aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring and heptalene ring having one free valence.
The aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or condensed. Examples of aromatic heterocyclic groups include furan ring, thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, 2H-pyran ring, 4H-thiopyran ring, pyridine ring, 1,3-oxazole ring and isoxazole ring having one free valence. ring, 1,3-thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, furazane ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, 1,3,5-triazine ring, benzofuran ring, 2-benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, 2-benzothiophene ring, 1H-pyrrolidine ring, indole ring, isoindole ring, indolizine ring, 2H-1-benzopyran ring, 1H-2-benzopyran ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, 4H-quinolidine ring, benzo imidazole ring, 1H-indazole ring, quinoxaline ring, quinazoline ring, cinnoline ring, phthalazine ring, 1,8-naphthyridine ring, purine ring and pteridine ring.
 式(2)中のベンゼン環が任意の置換基を有する場合、その置換数は特に限定されないが、フタロシアニン化合物(1)分子同士でπ-πスタッキングして耐熱性が向上し、フタロシアニン化合物(1)の分解による輝度低下が抑制されるとの観点やフタロシアニン化合物(1)分子同士が会合し、コントラストが向上するとの観点から、ベンゼン環1つに対して置換数が1であることが好ましい。
 式(2)中のベンゼン環が任意の置換基を有する場合、その置換位置は、o-位でも、m-位でも、p-位でもよいが、フタロシアニン化合物(1)分子同士のπ-πスタッキングを促進させ、耐熱性が向上し、フタロシアニン化合物(1)の分解による輝度低下が抑制されるとの観点やフタロシアニン化合物(1)分子同士が会合し、コントラストが向上するとの観点から、p-位が好ましい。特に、コントラストが向上するとの観点からは、p-位における置換基としてはアルコキシカルボニル基が好ましい。
When the benzene ring in formula (2) has an optional substituent, the number of substituents is not particularly limited. ) and from the viewpoint that the molecules of the phthalocyanine compound (1) associate with each other to improve the contrast, the number of substitutions is preferably one per benzene ring.
When the benzene ring in formula (2) has an optional substituent, the substitution position may be o-position, m-position, or p-position, but π-π between phthalocyanine compound (1) molecules The p- position is preferred. In particular, from the viewpoint of improving contrast, an alkoxycarbonyl group is preferable as the substituent at the p-position.
 式(1)中、A1~A16のうち1つ以上は式(2)で表される基を表す。溶剤への溶解性や、フタロシアニン化合物(1)分子同士でπ-πスタッキングし、分子同士が会合することによる輝度及びコントラスト向上の観点から、A1~A4のうち1つ以上が式(2)で表される基であり、A5~A8のうち1つ以上が式(2)で表される基であり、A9~A12のうち1つ以上が式(2)で表される基であり、かつ、A13~A16のうち1つ以上が式(2)で表される基であることが好ましく;A1~A4のうち2つ以上が式(2)で表される基であり、A5~A8のうち2つ以上が式(2)で表される基であり、A9~A12のうち2つ以上が式(2)で表される基であり、かつ、A13~A16のうち2つ以上が式(2)で表される基であることがより好ましい。 In formula (1), at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by formula (2). From the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and enhancement of brightness and contrast due to π-π stacking between phthalocyanine compound (1) molecules and association of molecules, one or more of A 1 to A 4 has the formula (2 ), at least one of A 5 to A 8 is a group represented by formula (2), and at least one of A 9 to A 12 is a group represented by formula (2) and one or more of A 13 to A 16 are preferably groups represented by formula (2); two or more of A 1 to A 4 are preferably represented by formula (2) two or more of A 5 to A 8 are groups represented by formula (2), and two or more of A 9 to A 12 are groups represented by formula (2) and two or more of A 13 to A 16 are groups represented by formula (2).
 式(1)中、A1~A16のうち1つ以上はフッ素原子を表すが、フタロシアニン化合物の安定性の観点から、A1~A4のうち1つ以上がフッ素原子であり、A5~A8のうち1つ以上がフッ素原子であり、A9~A12のうち1つ以上がフッ素原子であり、かつ、A13~A16のうち1つ以上がフッ素原子であることが好ましく;A1~A4のうち2つ以上がフッ素原子であり、A5~A8のうち2つ以上がフッ素原子であり、A9~A12のうち2つ以上がフッ素原子であり、かつ、A13~A16のうち2つ以上がフッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 In formula (1), at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, but from the viewpoint of the stability of the phthalocyanine compound, at least one of A 1 to A 4 represents a fluorine atom, and A 5 It is preferred that at least one of to A 8 is a fluorine atom, at least one of A 9 to A 12 is a fluorine atom, and at least one of A 13 to A 16 is a fluorine atom. two or more of A 1 to A 4 are fluorine atoms, two or more of A 5 to A 8 are fluorine atoms, two or more of A 9 to A 12 are fluorine atoms, and , A 13 to A 16 are more preferably fluorine atoms.
 フタロシアニン化合物(1)における透過最大波長や透過率、着色樹脂組成物中の分散剤や溶剤との親和性、カラーフィルタ焼成時におけるフタロシアニン化合物の結晶化の均一性、輝度及びコントラストの観点から、A2、A3、A6、A7、A10、A11、A14、及びA15が式(2)で表される基であり、かつ、A1、A4、A5、A8、A9、A12、A13、及びA16がフッ素原子であることが特に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of the maximum transmission wavelength and transmittance in the phthalocyanine compound (1), affinity with dispersants and solvents in the colored resin composition, uniformity of crystallization of the phthalocyanine compound during firing of the color filter, brightness and contrast, A 2 , A3 , A6 , A7 , A10 , A11 , A14 , and A15 are groups represented by formula (2), and A1 , A4 , A5 , A8 , It is particularly preferred that A 9 , A 12 , A 13 and A 16 are fluorine atoms.
 フタロシアニン化合物(1)の具体例としては、例えば以下の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the phthalocyanine compound (1) include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 なお、上記式中、Etはエチルを表す。 In the above formula, Et represents ethyl.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 フタロシアニン化合物(1)の製造方法としては公知の方法を採用することができ、例えば、日本国特開平05-345861号公報に記載の方法を採用することができる。 As a method for producing the phthalocyanine compound (1), a known method can be adopted, for example, the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 05-345861 can be adopted.
 (A)着色剤は、フタロシアニン化合物(1)以外に、その他の着色剤を含んでいてもよい。その他の着色剤としては、顔料や染料が挙げられる。緑色画素用途に用いる場合には、例えば、緑色顔料、緑色染料、黄色顔料、黄色染料を用いることが好ましい。
 緑色顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、36、58、59、62、63が挙げられ、輝度の観点からC.I.ピグメントグリーン58が好ましい。
 緑色染料としては、カラーインデックスで染料に分類されているものの中で、C.I.ソルベント染料として、例えば、C.I.ソルベントグリーン1、3、4、5、7、28、29、32、33、34、35が挙げられる。C.I.アシッド染料として、例えば、C.I.アシッド・グリーン1、3、5、9、16、25、27、50、58、63、65、80、104、105、106、109、C.I.モーダント・グリーン1、3、4、5、10、15、19、26、29、33、34、35、41、43、53が挙げられる。焼成時の染料分解抑制の観点からC.I.ソルベントグリーン1、3、4、5、7、28、29、32、33、34、35が好ましい。
(A) The coloring agent may contain other coloring agents in addition to the phthalocyanine compound (1). Other colorants include pigments and dyes. When used for green pixels, it is preferable to use, for example, green pigments, green dyes, yellow pigments, and yellow dyes.
Examples of green pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62 and 63, and C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 is preferred.
Among green dyes classified as dyes in the Color Index, C.I. I. Examples of solvent dyes include C.I. I. Solvent Green 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, 35 can be mentioned. C. I. Examples of acid dyes include C.I. I. Acid Green 1, 3, 5, 9, 16, 25, 27, 50, 58, 63, 65, 80, 104, 105, 106, 109, C.I. I. Modant Green 1, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 19, 26, 29, 33, 34, 35, 41, 43, 53. From the viewpoint of suppression of dye decomposition during baking, C.I. I. Solvent Green 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, 35 are preferred.
 黄色顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、16、17、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、62、62:1、63、65、73、74、75,81、83、86、87、93、94、95、97、100、101、104、105、108、109、110、111、116、117、119、120、125、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、137、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、153、154、155、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、180、181、182、183、184、185、188、189、190、191、191:1、192、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、200、202、203、204、205、206、207、208、及び下記式(i)で表されるアゾバルビツール酸のニッケルとの1:1錯体又はその互換異性体に、他の化合物が挿入されてなる化合物(以下、「式(i)で表されるニッケルアゾ錯体」と称する場合がある。)が挙げられる。 As a yellow pigment, for example, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 1:1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 86, 87, 93,94,95,97,100,101,104,105,108,109,110,111,116,117,119,120,125,126,127,127:1,128,129,133,134, 136, 137, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188, 189, 190, 191, 191:1, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, and 1:1 complexes of azobarbituric acid with nickel represented by the following formula (i) or tautomers thereof, other compounds is inserted (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "nickel azo complex represented by formula (i)").
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(i)で表されるニッケルアゾ錯体において挿入される他の化合物としては、例えば、下記式(ii)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Other compounds inserted in the nickel azo complex represented by formula (i) include, for example, compounds represented by formula (ii) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 この中でも、高輝度および高色域の観点から、C.I.ピグメントイエロー83、117、129、138、139、154、155、180、185、式(i)で表されるニッケルアゾ錯体が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントイエロー83、138、139、180、185、式(i)で表されるニッケルアゾ錯体がより好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoint of high brightness and wide color gamut, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 154, 155, 180, 185, nickel azo complexes represented by formula (i) are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 83, 138, 139, 180, 185 and nickel azo complexes represented by formula (i) are more preferred.
 黄色染料としては、例えば、バルビツール酸アゾ系染料、ピリドンアゾ系染料、ピラゾロンアゾ系染料、キノフタロン系染料、シアニン系染料が挙げられる。その具体例としては、日本国特開2010-168531号公報に記載の具体的化合物が挙げられる。
 黄色染料としては、カラーインデックスで染料に分類されているものの中で、C.I.ソルベント染料として、例えば、C.I.ソルベント・イエロー4、14、15、23、24、38、62、63、68、79、82、94、98、99、162、163などが挙げられる。C.I.アシッド染料として、例えば、C.I.アシッド・グリーン1、3、5、9、16、25、27、50、58、63、65、80、104、105、106、109、C.I.アシッド・イエロー1、3、7、9、11、17、23、25、29、34、36、38、40、42、54、65、72、73、76、79、98、99、111、112、113、114、116、119、123、128、134、135、138、139、140、144、150、155、157、160、161、163、168、169、172、177、178、179、184、190、193、196、197、199、202、203、204、205、207、212、214、220、221、228、230、232、235、238、240、242、243、251やその誘導体が挙げられる。C.I.ダイレクト染料として、例えば、C.I.ダイレクト・イエロー2、33、34、35、38、39、43、47、50、54、58、68、69、70、71、86、93、94、95、98、102、108、109、129、136、138、141の染料が挙げられる。C.I.モーダント染料として、例えば、C.I.モーダント・イエロー5、8、10、16、20、26、30、31、33、42、43、45、56、61、62、65の染料が挙げられる。好ましくは、C.I.ソルベント・イエロー4、14、15、23、24、38、62、63、68、82、94、98、99、162、C.I.アシッド・イエロー1、3、7、9、11、17、23、25、29、34、36、38、40、42、54、65、72、73、76、79、98、99、111、112、113、114、116、119、123、128、134、135、138、139、140、144、150、155、157、160、161、163、168、169、172、177、178、179、184、190、193、196、197、199、202、203、204、205、207、212、214、220、221、228、230、232、235、238、240、242、243、251、23、25、29、34、40、42、72、76、99、111、112、114、116、163、243やその誘導体が挙げられる。
 焼成時の染料分解抑制の観点から、C.I.ソルベント・イエロー4、14、15、23、24、38、62、63、68、79、82、94、98、99、162、163が好ましい。
Examples of yellow dyes include barbituric acid azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, quinophthalone dyes, and cyanine dyes. Specific examples thereof include specific compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-168531.
Among yellow dyes classified as dyes in the Color Index, C.I. I. Examples of solvent dyes include C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 23, 24, 38, 62, 63, 68, 79, 82, 94, 98, 99, 162, 163 and the like. C. I. Examples of acid dyes include C.I. I. Acid Green 1, 3, 5, 9, 16, 25, 27, 50, 58, 63, 65, 80, 104, 105, 106, 109, C.I. I. Acid Yellow 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 17, 23, 25, 29, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 54, 65, 72, 73, 76, 79, 98, 99, 111, 112 , 113, 114, 116, 119, 123, 128, 134, 135, 138, 139, 140, 144, 150, 155, 157, 160, 161, 163, 168, 169, 172, 177, 178, 179, 184 , 190,193,196,197,199,202,203,204,205,207,212,214,220,221,228,230,232,235,238,240,242,243,251 and derivatives thereof mentioned. C. I. As a direct dye, for example, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 2, 33, 34, 35, 38, 39, 43, 47, 50, 54, 58, 68, 69, 70, 71, 86, 93, 94, 95, 98, 102, 108, 109, 129 , 136, 138, 141. C. I. Examples of modant dyes include C.I. I. Modant Yellow 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 26, 30, 31, 33, 42, 43, 45, 56, 61, 62, 65 dyes. Preferably, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 23, 24, 38, 62, 63, 68, 82, 94, 98, 99, 162, C.I. I. Acid Yellow 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 17, 23, 25, 29, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 54, 65, 72, 73, 76, 79, 98, 99, 111, 112 , 113, 114, 116, 119, 123, 128, 134, 135, 138, 139, 140, 144, 150, 155, 157, 160, 161, 163, 168, 169, 172, 177, 178, 179, 184 , 190, 193, 196, 197, 199, 202, 203, 204, 205, 207, 212, 214, 220, 221, 228, 230, 232, 235, 238, 240, 242, 243, 251, 23, 25 , 29, 34, 40, 42, 72, 76, 99, 111, 112, 114, 116, 163, 243 and derivatives thereof.
From the viewpoint of suppression of dye decomposition during baking, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 23, 24, 38, 62, 63, 68, 79, 82, 94, 98, 99, 162, 163 are preferred.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、0.2μm以下が好ましく、より好ましくは0.1μm以下、さらに好ましくは0.04μm以下である。顔料の微粒化に際しては、例えば、ソルベントソルトミリングが好適に用いられる。 The average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 0.2 μm or less, more preferably 0.1 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.04 μm or less. Solvent salt milling, for example, is preferably used for atomization of the pigment.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物における(A)着色剤の含有割合は特に限定されないが、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に10質量%以上が好ましく、15質量%以上がより好ましく、20質量%以上がさらに好ましく、25質量%以上がよりさらに好ましく、30質量%以上が特に好ましく、また、80質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましく、50質量%以下がさらに好ましく、40質量%以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで広い色相を再現できる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで経時安定性を担保できる傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、着色樹脂組成物における(A)着色剤の含有割合は、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に10~80質量%が好ましく、15~80質量%より好ましく、20~60質量%がさらに好ましく、25~50質量%がよりさらに好ましく、30~40質量%が特に好ましい。 The content of (A) the colorant in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition more preferably 25% by mass or more, particularly preferably 30% by mass or more, preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, further preferably 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass The following are particularly preferred. Setting it to the above lower limit or more tends to enable reproduction of a wide range of hues, and setting it to the above upper limit or less tends to ensure stability over time. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of (A) the colorant in the colored resin composition is preferably 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 80% by mass, more preferably 20 to 60% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. Preferably, 25 to 50% by mass is more preferable, and 30 to 40% by mass is particularly preferable.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物におけるフタロシアニン化合物(1)の含有割合は特に限定されないが、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に1質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上がさらに好ましく、10質量%以上がよりさらに好ましく、15質量%以上が特に好ましく、また、50質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましく、30質量%以下がさらに好ましく、20質量%以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで輝度が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで経時安定性を担保できる傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、着色樹脂組成物におけるフタロシアニン化合物(1)の含有割合は、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に3~50質量%が好ましく、5~50質量%がより好ましく、10~40質量%がさらに好ましく、15~30質量%が特に好ましい。 The content of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. 10% by mass or more is more preferable, 15% by mass or more is particularly preferable, 50% by mass or less is preferable, 40% by mass or less is more preferable, 30% by mass or less is even more preferable, and 20% by mass The following are particularly preferred. When the lower limit value or more is used, the luminance tends to be improved, and when the upper limit value or less is used, the stability over time tends to be ensured. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the colored resin composition is preferably 3 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. More preferably, 15 to 30% by mass is particularly preferable.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物がその他の着色剤を含む場合、その含有割合は特に限定されないが、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に1質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上がさらに好ましく、7質量%以上がよりさらに好ましく、10質量%以上が特に好ましく、また、30質量%以下が好ましく、25質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下がさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで広い色相を再現できる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで経時安定性を担保できる傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、着色樹脂組成物がその他の着色剤を含む場合における、その含有割合は、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に1~30質量%が好ましく、3~30質量%がより好ましく、5~25質量%がさらに好ましく、7~25質量%がよりさらに好ましく、10~20質量%が特に好ましい。 When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains other colorants, the content is not particularly limited, preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, 5% by mass or more is more preferable, 7% by mass or more is still more preferable, 10% by mass or more is particularly preferable, and 30% by mass or less is preferable, 25% by mass or less is more preferable, and 20% by mass or less is even more preferable. Setting it to the above lower limit or more tends to enable reproduction of a wide range of hues, and setting it to the above upper limit or less tends to ensure stability over time. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, when the colored resin composition contains other colorants, the content is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 30% by mass, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, 5 to 25% by mass is more preferable, 7 to 25% by mass is even more preferable, and 10 to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
[1-2](B)溶剤
 (B)溶剤は、本発明の着色樹脂組成物において、着色剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、光重合開始剤、光重合性モノマー、その他の成分を溶解又は分散させ、粘度を調節する機能を有する。
 (B)溶剤としては、各成分を溶解または分散させることができるものであればよい。
[1-2] (B) solvent (B) solvent dissolves or disperses the colorant, alkali-soluble resin, photopolymerization initiator, photopolymerizable monomer, and other components in the colored resin composition of the present invention, It has the function of adjusting the viscosity.
(B) Any solvent can be used as long as it can dissolve or disperse each component.
 このような溶剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-t-ブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、メトキシメチルペンタノール、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルのようなグリコールモノアルキルエーテル類; Examples of such solvents include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, Propylene glycol-t-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, methoxymethylpentanol, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl - glycol monoalkyl ethers such as 3-methoxybutanol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, tripropylene glycol methyl ether;
 エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルのようなグリコールジアルキルエーテル類;
 エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、メトキシペンチルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテートのようなグリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類;
glycol dialkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether;
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methoxybutyl Acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methoxypentyl acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monoethyl glycol alkyl ether acetates such as ether acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate;
 エチレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート、1,6-ヘキサノールジアセテートなどのグリコールジアセテート類;
 シクロヘキサノールアセテートなどのアルキルアセテート類;
 アミルエーテル、プロピルエーテル、ジエチルエーテル、ジプロピルエーテル、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ブチルエーテル、ジアミルエーテル、エチルイソブチルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテルのようなエーテル類;
 アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルアミルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、メチルイソアミルケトン、ジイソプロピルケトン、ジイソブチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、エチルアミルケトン、メチルブチルケトン、メチルヘキシルケトン、メチルノニルケトン、メトキシメチルペンタノンのようなケトン類;
 エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ブタンジオール、ジエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、メトキシメチルペンタノール、グリセリン、ベンジルアルコールのような1価又は多価アルコール類;
 n-ペンタン、n-オクタン、ジイソブチレン、n-ヘキサン、ヘキセン、イソプレン、ジペンテン、ドデカンのような脂肪族炭化水素類;
 シクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキセン、ビシクロヘキシルのような脂環式炭化水素類;
Glycol diacetates such as ethylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate;
Alkyl acetates such as cyclohexanol acetate;
Ethers such as amyl ether, propyl ether, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, butyl ether, diamyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, dihexyl ether;
Acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methylhexyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methoxymethyl pentanone ketones;
Monohydric or polyhydric alcohols such as ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, methoxymethylpentanol, glycerin, benzyl alcohol;
Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-pentane, n-octane, diisobutylene, n-hexane, hexene, isoprene, dipentene, dodecane;
Alicyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, methylcyclohexene, bicyclohexyl;
 ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、クメンのような芳香族炭化水素類;
 アミルホルメート、エチルホルメート、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸アミル、メチルイソブチレート、エチレングリコールアセテート、エチルプロピオネート、プロピルプロピオネート、酪酸ブチル、酪酸イソブチル、イソ酪酸メチル、エチルカプリレート、ブチルステアレート、エチルベンゾエート、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、γ-ブチロラクトンのような鎖状又は環状エステル類;
 3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-エトキシプロピオン酸のようなアルコキシカルボン酸類;
 ブチルクロライド、アミルクロライドのようなハロゲン化炭化水素類;
 メトキシメチルペンタノンのようなエーテルケトン類;
 アセトニトリル、ベンゾニトリルのようなニトリル類が挙げられる。
aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, cumene;
Amyl formate, ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, amyl acetate, methyl isobutyrate, ethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl Caprylate, butyl stearate, ethyl benzoate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionic acid Chain or cyclic esters such as butyl, γ-butyrolactone;
Alkoxycarboxylic acids such as 3-methoxypropionic acid and 3-ethoxypropionic acid;
Halogenated hydrocarbons such as butyl chloride, amyl chloride;
ether ketones such as methoxymethylpentanone;
Examples include nitriles such as acetonitrile and benzonitrile.
 上記に該当する市販の溶剤としては、例えば、ミネラルスピリット、バルソル#2、アプコ#18ソルベント、アプコシンナー、ソーカルソルベントNo.1及びNo.2、ソルベッソ#150、シェルTS28 ソルベント、カルビトール、エチルカルビトール、ブチルカルビトール、メチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブアセテート、メチルセロソルブアセテート、ジグライム(いずれも商品名)が挙げられる。これらの溶剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Commercially available solvents corresponding to the above include, for example, Mineral Spirit, Valsol #2, Apco #18 Solvent, Apco Thinner, Socal Solvent No. 1 and no. 2, Solvesso #150, Shell TS28 solvent, carbitol, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate, diglyme (all trade names). These solvents may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
 フォトリソグラフィ法にてカラーフィルタの画素を形成する場合、溶剤としては沸点が100~200℃(圧力1013.25[hPa]条件下。以下、沸点に関しては全て同様。)の範囲の溶剤を選択するのが好ましい。より好ましくは120~170℃の沸点をもつ溶剤である。
 上記溶剤中、塗布性、表面張力などのバランスが良く、組成物中の構成成分の溶解度が比較的高い点からは、グリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類が好ましい。
When forming pixels of a color filter by photolithography, a solvent having a boiling point in the range of 100 to 200° C. (under pressure of 1013.25 [hPa]; hereinafter, the same applies to all boiling points) is selected. is preferred. A solvent having a boiling point of 120 to 170° C. is more preferred.
Glycol alkyl ether acetates are preferred because they have a good balance of coatability, surface tension, etc. in the solvent and relatively high solubility of the constituent components in the composition.
 グリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類は、単独で使用してもよいが、他の溶剤を併用してもよい。併用する溶剤として、特に好ましいのはグリコールモノアルキルエーテル類である。中でも、特に組成物中の構成成分の溶解性の観点からプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルが好ましい。なお、グリコールモノアルキルエーテル類は極性が高く、添加量が多すぎると顔料が凝集しやすく、後に得られる着色樹脂組成物の粘度が上がっていくなどの保存安定性が低下する傾向があるので、グリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類を併用する場合には、(B)溶剤中のグリコールモノアルキルエーテル類の含有割合は5質量%~30質量%が好ましく、5質量%~20質量%がより好ましい。 The glycol alkyl ether acetates may be used alone, or may be used in combination with other solvents. Glycol monoalkyl ethers are particularly preferred as solvents to be used in combination. Among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of the solubility of the components in the composition. Glycol monoalkyl ethers have a high polarity, and if the amount added is too large, the pigment tends to aggregate, and the viscosity of the colored resin composition to be obtained later tends to decrease, resulting in a decrease in storage stability. When glycol alkyl ether acetates are used in combination, the content of glycol monoalkyl ethers in the solvent (B) is preferably 5% to 30% by mass, more preferably 5% to 20% by mass.
 別の態様として、150℃以上の沸点をもつ溶剤を併用することができる。150℃以上の沸点をもつ溶剤を併用することにより、着色樹脂組成物は乾燥しにくくなるが、急激に乾燥することによる顔料分散液中の構成成分の相互関係の破壊を起こし難くする効果がある。150℃以上の沸点をもつ溶剤を併用する場合には、(B)溶剤中の150℃以上の沸点をもつ溶剤の含有割合は3質量%~50質量%が好ましく、5質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、5質量%~30質量%が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで、例えばスリットノズル先端で色材成分などが析出・固化して異物欠陥を惹き起こすことを回避しやすい傾向があり、また前記上限値以下とすることで組成物の乾燥速度が遅くなって減圧乾燥プロセスのタクト不良や、プリベークのピン跡といった問題を惹き起こすことを回避しやすい傾向がある。
 沸点150℃以上の溶剤が、グリコールアルキルエーテルアセテート類であっても、またグリコールアルキルエーテル類であってもよく、この場合は、沸点150℃以上の溶剤を別途含有させる必要はない。
 沸点150℃以上の溶剤として、好ましくは、例えば、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート、1,6-ヘキサノールジアセテート、トリアセチンが挙げられる。
As another aspect, a solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher can be used together. By using a solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or more, the colored resin composition becomes difficult to dry, but it has the effect of making it difficult to destroy the interrelationships of the constituent components in the pigment dispersion due to rapid drying. . When a solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher is used in combination, the content of the solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher in the solvent (B) is preferably 3% to 50% by mass, and 5% to 40% by mass. is more preferred, and 5% by mass to 30% by mass is particularly preferred. By making it equal to or higher than the above lower limit, for example, it tends to be easy to avoid causing foreign matter defects due to precipitation and solidification of coloring material components at the tip of the slit nozzle. It tends to be easy to avoid causing problems such as poor tact time in the vacuum drying process and pre-baking pin marks due to slow drying speed.
The solvent with a boiling point of 150°C or higher may be glycol alkyl ether acetates or glycol alkyl ethers, and in this case, it is not necessary to separately contain a solvent with a boiling point of 150°C or higher.
Solvents having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher are preferably, for example, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate. , triacetin.
 インクジェット法にてカラーフィルタの画素を形成する場合、溶剤としては、沸点が、通常130℃以上300℃以下、好ましくは150℃以上280℃以下のものが適当である。前記下限値以上とすることで、得られる塗膜の均一性が良好となる傾向があり、前記上限値以下とすることで、焼成時の残留溶剤を低減しやすい傾向がある。
 溶剤の蒸気圧は、得られる塗膜の均一性の観点から、通常10mmHg以下、好ましくは5mmHg以下、より好ましくは1mmHg以下のものが使用できる。
When forming pixels of a color filter by an inkjet method, a solvent having a boiling point of generally 130° C. or higher and 300° C. or lower, preferably 150° C. or higher and 280° C. or lower is suitable. When the content is at least the above lower limit, the uniformity of the resulting coating film tends to be improved, and when the content is at most the above upper limit, the amount of residual solvent during firing tends to be reduced.
From the viewpoint of the uniformity of the coating film to be obtained, the vapor pressure of the solvent is usually 10 mmHg or less, preferably 5 mmHg or less, more preferably 1 mmHg or less.
 インクジェット法によるカラーフィルタ製造において、ノズルから発せられるインクは数~数十pLと非常に微細であるため、ノズル口周辺あるいは画素バンク内に着弾する前に、溶剤が蒸発してインクが濃縮・乾固する傾向がある。これを回避するためには、(B)溶剤が沸点の高い溶剤を含むことが好ましく、具体的には、沸点180℃以上の溶剤を含むことが好ましい。沸点が200℃以上の溶剤を含むことがより好ましく、沸点が220℃以上の溶剤を含むことが特に好ましい。沸点180℃以上である溶剤を併用する場合には、(B)溶剤中の沸点180℃以上である溶剤の(B)溶剤中の含有割合は50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましく、90質量%以上が最も好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで、液滴からの溶剤の蒸発防止効果が十分に発揮されやすい傾向がある。 In the production of color filters using the inkjet method, the ink emitted from the nozzle is very fine, ranging from several pL to several tens of pL. tends to stick. In order to avoid this, the solvent (B) preferably contains a solvent with a high boiling point, specifically a solvent with a boiling point of 180° C. or higher. It is more preferable to contain a solvent with a boiling point of 200° C. or higher, and it is particularly preferable to contain a solvent with a boiling point of 220° C. or higher. When a solvent having a boiling point of 180° C. or higher is used together, the content of the solvent having a boiling point of 180° C. or higher in the solvent (B) is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass. More preferably, 90% by mass or more is most preferable. By making it more than the said lower limit, there exists a tendency for the evaporation prevention effect of the solvent from a droplet to be fully exhibited easily.
 沸点180℃以上の溶剤として、例えば前述の各種溶剤の中ではジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート、1,6-ヘキサノールジアセテート、トリアセチンが挙げられる。
 着色樹脂組成物の粘度調整や固形分の溶解度調整のために、沸点が180℃より低い溶剤を含んでもよい。このような溶剤としては、低粘度で溶解性が高く、低表面張力である溶剤が好ましく、例えば、エーテル類、エステル類、ケトン類が好ましい。中でも、例えば、シクロヘキサノン、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートが好ましい。
Examples of solvents having a boiling point of 180° C. or higher include diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,6- Hexanol diacetate, triacetin.
A solvent having a boiling point lower than 180° C. may be included in order to adjust the viscosity of the colored resin composition and the solubility of the solid content. As such a solvent, a solvent having low viscosity, high solubility, and low surface tension is preferable, and for example, ethers, esters, and ketones are preferable. Among them, for example, cyclohexanone, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, and cyclohexanol acetate are preferred.
 一方、溶剤がアルコール類を含有すると、インクジェット法における吐出安定性が劣化する場合がある。アルコール類を併用する場合には、(B)溶剤中のアルコール類の含有割合は20質量%以下とすることが好ましく、10質量%以下がより好ましく、5質量%以下が特に好ましい。 On the other hand, if the solvent contains alcohols, the ejection stability in the inkjet method may deteriorate. When alcohols are used together, the alcohol content in the solvent (B) is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物に占める溶剤の含有割合は特に限定されないが、その上限は、好ましくは99質量%以下、より好ましくは90質量%以下、さらに好ましくは85質量%以下である。前記上限値以下とすることで塗布膜を形成しやすくなる傾向がある。一方で、溶剤含有割合の下限は、塗布に適した粘性などを考慮して、好ましくは70質量%以上、より好ましくは75質量%以上、さらに好ましくは78質量%以上である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、着色樹脂組成物に占める溶剤の含有割合は70~99質量%が好ましく、75~90質量%がより好ましく、78~85質量%がさらに好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and even more preferably 85% by mass or less. When the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit, there is a tendency that the coating film is easily formed. On the other hand, the lower limit of the solvent content is preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 75% by mass or more, and even more preferably 78% by mass or more, in consideration of viscosity suitable for coating. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the solvent content in the colored resin composition is preferably 70 to 99% by mass, more preferably 75 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 78 to 85% by mass.
[1-3](C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有する。(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有することで、光重合による膜硬化性と現像液による溶解性を両立することができる。
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物における(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)を含有し、前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位の合計含有割合が20モル%以上である。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)は、側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位を有し、脂環式構造が飽和脂環式構造であることが好ましい。
[1-3] (C) Alkali-Soluble Resin The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (C) an alkali-soluble resin. By containing (C) an alkali-soluble resin, it is possible to achieve both film curability by photopolymerization and solubility by a developer.
(C) alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble resin (c-1) having a repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on a side chain, the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) When the total number of moles of repeating units of is 100 mol %, the total content of repeating units containing aromatic rings on side chains is 20 mol % or more.
Further, the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) preferably has a repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on its side chain and the alicyclic structure is a saturated alicyclic structure.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)を含有することによって、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)に含まれる芳香環とフタロシアニン化合物(1)とのπ-πスタッキングによりフタロシアニン化合物(1)同士が近づき、特許文献2に示されるように特定のフタロシアニン化合物が焼成工程において分子同士が会合し、規則的に配列(結晶化)することを促進し、コントラストが向上すると考えられる。また、脂環式構造の含まれる量が少ない場合、かさ高い脂環式構造がフタロシアニン化合物の分子同士の会合を阻害することを防ぎ、コントラストが向上すると考えられる。 By containing the alkali-soluble resin (c-1), the aromatic ring contained in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) and the phthalocyanine compound (1) approach each other due to π-π stacking of the phthalocyanine compound (1). As shown in Document 2, a specific phthalocyanine compound promotes the association of molecules in the baking process and regular arrangement (crystallization), which is thought to improve the contrast. In addition, when the amount of the alicyclic structure contained is small, it is thought that the bulky alicyclic structure prevents the inhibition of the association between the molecules of the phthalocyanine compound, thereby improving the contrast.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位の合計含有割合は、コントラストの観点から、20モル%以上であり、30モル%以上が好ましく、40モル%以上がより好ましい。また、現像パターニング性の観点から、70モル%以下が好ましく、60モル%以下がより好ましい。 When the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100 mol%, the total content of repeating units containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 20 mol% or more from the viewpoint of contrast. 30 mol % or more is preferable, and 40 mol % or more is more preferable. From the viewpoint of development patterning properties, it is preferably 70 mol % or less, more preferably 60 mol % or less.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位の合計含有割合は、コントラストの観点から10モル%以下が好ましく、5モル%以下がより好ましく、2モル%以下がさらに好ましい。下限は特に限定されないが、密着性向上とアンダーカット抑制の観点から、0.5モル%以上が好ましい。 When the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100 mol%, the total content of repeating units containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is 10 mol% or less from the viewpoint of contrast. is preferred, 5 mol % or less is more preferred, and 2 mol % or less is even more preferred. Although the lower limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.5 mol % or more from the viewpoint of adhesion improvement and undercut suppression.
 側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位とは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を合成する共重合反応において形成される繰り返し単位のうち、側鎖上に芳香環を含むモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位、及び、側鎖上に芳香環を含まないモノマーに対し、共重合反応後に芳香環を含む化合物との付加反応や芳香環形成反応によって後から側鎖上に芳香環を導入した単位を含む。コントラストの観点からは、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位が、側鎖上に芳香環を含むモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
 なお、側鎖上に芳香環を含むモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位には、芳香環を含む化合物との付加反応や芳香環形成反応によってさらに芳香環を導入しても構わない。
The repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is a repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an aromatic ring on the side chain, among the repeating units formed in the copolymerization reaction for synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin, and the side chain It contains a unit in which an aromatic ring is subsequently introduced onto the side chain by an addition reaction with a compound containing an aromatic ring or an aromatic ring-forming reaction after a copolymerization reaction with respect to a monomer not containing an aromatic ring on the upper side. From the viewpoint of contrast, the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on its side chain is preferably a repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an aromatic ring on its side chain.
An aromatic ring may be further introduced into the repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an aromatic ring on its side chain by an addition reaction or an aromatic ring-forming reaction with a compound containing an aromatic ring.
 側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位における芳香環としては、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環が挙げられる。その炭素数は4以上が好ましく、6以上がより好ましく、また、12以下がさらに好ましい。例えば、2~12が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで耐熱性が向上する傾向がある。前記上限値以下とすることで溶剤親和性が向上し、経時安定性が向上する傾向がある。 Examples of aromatic rings in repeating units containing aromatic rings on side chains include aromatic hydrocarbon rings and aromatic heterocycles. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and still more preferably 12 or less. For example, 2 to 12 are preferred, and 6 to 12 are more preferred. The heat resistance tends to be improved by adjusting the content to be equal to or higher than the above lower limit. When the content is equal to or less than the upper limit, there is a tendency that solvent affinity is improved and stability over time is improved.
 芳香族炭化水素環基における芳香族炭化水素環としては、単環であっても縮合環であってもよい。芳香族炭化水素環基としては、例えば、1個の遊離原子価を有する、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環が挙げられる。
 芳香族複素環基における芳香族複素環としては、単環であっても縮合環であってもよい。芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、1個の遊離原子価を有する、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環、アズレン環が挙げられる。輝度の観点から、1個の遊離原子価を有するベンゼン環又はナフタレン環が好ましく、1個の遊離原子価を有するベンゼン環がより好ましい。
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be monocyclic or condensed. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes, for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, which have one free valence, An acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, and a fluorene ring can be mentioned.
The aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or condensed. Examples of aromatic heterocyclic groups include furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, indole ring and carbazole ring having one free valence. ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furofuran ring, thienofuran ring, benzisoxazole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, Pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, shinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridine ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring and azulene ring. From the viewpoint of brightness, a benzene ring or naphthalene ring having one free valence is preferred, and a benzene ring having one free valence is more preferred.
 これらの芳香環は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数2~8のアルケニル基;ヒドロキシル基;炭素数1~8のアルコキシル基:フェニル基、メシチル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等の芳香族炭化水素環基;シアノ基;カルボキシル基;アセチルオキシ基;炭素数2~9のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基;スルホン酸基;スルファモイル基;炭素数2~9のアルキルスルファモイル基;カルボニル基;炭素数2~9のアルキルカルボニル基;ヒドロキシエチル基;アセチルアミド基;炭素数1~4のアルキル基が結合してなるジアルキルアミノエチル基;トリフルオロメチル基;炭素数1~8のトリアルキルシリル基、ニトロ基、炭素数1~8のアルキルチオ基が挙げられ、合成の容易性の観点から、炭素数1のアルキル基か、または置換基を含まないことが望ましい。 These aromatic rings may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited. Examples include halogen atoms such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms; hydroxyl group; alkoxyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms: phenyl group, mesityl group, tolyl group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring group such as naphthyl group; cyano group; carboxyl group; Group; C2-9 alkylcarbonyloxy group; sulfonic acid group; sulfamoyl group; C2-9 alkylsulfamoyl group; carbonyl group; C2-9 alkylcarbonyl group; hydroxyethyl group; amide group; dialkylaminoethyl group formed by bonding alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; trifluoromethyl group; trialkylsilyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, nitro group, alkylthio group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is desirable that the alkyl group has 1 carbon atom or does not contain a substituent.
 側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位の構造としては、合成の容易性および、フタロシアニン化合物(1)とのπ-πスタッキングのしやすさの観点から、下記一般式(3)、下記一般式(4)から選ばれる1種または2種であることが望ましく、下記一般式(3)であることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and ease of π-π stacking with the phthalocyanine compound (1), the structure of the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is the following general formula (3), the following general formula It is preferably one or two selected from (4), and more preferably the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(3)及び式(4)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。式(3)及び式(4)中のベンゼン環は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。 In formulas (3) and (4), each R 1 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The benzene rings in formulas (3) and (4) may have any substituents.
 側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位とは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を合成する共重合反応において形成される繰り返し単位のうち、側鎖上に脂環式構造を含むモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位、及び、側鎖上に脂環式構造を含まないモノマーに対し、共重合反応後に脂環式構造を含む化合物との付加反応や炭化水素環形成反応によって後から側鎖上に脂環式構造を導入した単位を含む。コントラストの観点からは、側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位が、側鎖上に脂環式構造を含むモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位であって、前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、前記側鎖上に脂環式構造を含むモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位の合計含有割合は10モル%以下であることが好ましい。
 なお、側鎖上に脂環式構造を含むモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位には、脂環式構造を含む化合物との付加反応や炭化水素環形成反応によってさらに脂環式構造を導入しても構わない。
The repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is a repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain, among the repeating units formed in the copolymerization reaction for synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin. And, for a monomer that does not contain an alicyclic structure on the side chain, after the copolymerization reaction, an alicyclic structure is added to the side chain by an addition reaction with a compound containing an alicyclic structure or a hydrocarbon ring formation reaction. Including introduced units. From the viewpoint of contrast, the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is a repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain, and in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100 mol %, the total content of repeating units derived from the monomer containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is preferably 10 mol % or less.
An alicyclic structure may be further introduced into the repeating unit derived from a monomer containing an alicyclic structure on its side chain by an addition reaction with a compound containing an alicyclic structure or a hydrocarbon ring-forming reaction. do not have.
 コントラストの観点からは、側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位において、主鎖から脂環式構造までの距離が原子数4以下であることが好ましく、原子数2以下がより好ましい。主鎖から脂環式構造までの距離が上記範囲の繰り返し単位の合計含有割合が上記含有割合の範囲であることにより、フタロシアニン化合物(1)の分子同士の会合が阻害されることを抑制し、コントラストが向上すると考えられる。
 ここで、主鎖から脂環式構造までの距離が原子数4以下とは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)の主鎖と側鎖との結合部から脂環式構造までの結合鎖に含まれる原子数を意味し、主鎖と側鎖との結合部である炭素原子及び脂環式構造を構成する炭素原子は原子数に含まれない。例えば、下記一般式(5)及び式(6)は共に原子数2と数えられる。
From the viewpoint of contrast, in the repeating unit containing the alicyclic structure on the side chain, the distance from the main chain to the alicyclic structure is preferably 4 atoms or less, more preferably 2 atoms or less. The total content of repeating units having a distance from the main chain to the alicyclic structure in the above range is within the above content, thereby suppressing inhibition of association between molecules of the phthalocyanine compound (1), It is considered that the contrast is improved.
Here, the fact that the distance from the main chain to the alicyclic structure is 4 atoms or less is included in the binding chain from the joint between the main chain and the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) to the alicyclic structure. The number of atoms does not include the carbon atoms that form the bond between the main chain and the side chain and the carbon atoms that constitute the alicyclic structure. For example, the following general formulas (5) and (6) are both counted as having two atoms.
 側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位における脂環式構造としては、単環であっても縮合環であってもよい。脂環式構造としては、例えば、シクロプロピル環、シクロブチル環、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、シクロヘプチル環、シクロオクチル環、ノルボルナン環、トリシクロデカン環、アダマンタン環などが挙げられる。耐熱性や合成の容易性の観点から、シクロヘキシル環またはトリシクロデカン環が望ましい。
 これらの脂環式構造は飽和脂環式構造であることが好ましい。
The alicyclic structure in the repeating unit containing the alicyclic structure on the side chain may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Alicyclic structures include, for example, cyclopropyl ring, cyclobutyl ring, cyclopentyl ring, cyclohexyl ring, cycloheptyl ring, cyclooctyl ring, norbornane ring, tricyclodecane ring, and adamantane ring. A cyclohexyl ring or a tricyclodecane ring is desirable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and ease of synthesis.
These alicyclic structures are preferably saturated alicyclic structures.
 これらの脂環式構造は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数2~8のアルケニル基;ヒドロキシル基;炭素数1~8のアルコキシル基:フェニル基、メシチル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等の芳香族炭化水素環基;シアノ基;カルボキシル基;アセチルオキシ基;炭素数2~9のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基;スルホン酸基;スルファモイル基;炭素数2~9のアルキルスルファモイル基;カルボニル基;炭素数2~9のアルキルカルボニル基;ヒドロキシエチル基;アセチルアミド基;炭素数1~4のアルキル基が結合してなるジアルキルアミノエチル基;トリフルオロメチル基;炭素数1~8のトリアルキルシリル基、ニトロ基、炭素数1~8のアルキルチオ基が挙げられ、合成の容易性の観点から、メチル基か、または置換基を含まないことが望ましい。 These alicyclic structures may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine atoms; Alkyl group; alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms; hydroxyl group; alkoxyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms: phenyl group, mesityl group, tolyl group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring group such as naphthyl group; acetyloxy group; alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms; sulfonic acid group; sulfamoyl group; alkylsulfamoyl group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms; carbonyl group; alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms; an acetylamide group; a dialkylaminoethyl group formed by bonding an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; a trifluoromethyl group; a trialkylsilyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a nitro group, and an alkylthio group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; and, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is desirable that it does not contain a methyl group or a substituent.
 側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位の構造としては、合成の容易性および、耐熱性の観点から、下記一般式(5)、下記一般式(6)から選ばれる1種または2種であることが望ましく、下記一般式(5)であることがより好ましい。 The structure of the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is one or two selected from the following general formulas (5) and (6) from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and heat resistance. and more preferably the following general formula (5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(5)及び式(6)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。式(5)及び式(6)中の飽和炭化水素環は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。 In formulas (5) and (6), each R 1 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The saturated hydrocarbon rings in formulas (5) and (6) may have any substituents.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)は側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位、側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位以外に、その他の繰り返し単位をさらに含んでいてもよく、下記一般式(I)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが望ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin (c-1) may further contain other repeating units in addition to repeating units containing an aromatic ring on the side chain and repeating units containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain, and may have the following general formula: It is desirable to have a repeating unit represented by (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式(I)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Rは、置換基を有していてもよい、3価の炭化水素基を表す。
 Rは、置換基を有していてもよい、2価の炭化水素基を表す。
In formula (I), R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R 2 represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
R 4 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
 式(I)で表される繰り返し単位中のカルボキシ基は主鎖から十分に離間されていて柔軟性が高く、カルボキシ基同士で強固な水素結合を形成することなく樹脂分子の外側に露出するように配置されやすい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が式(I)で表される繰り返し単位を有する場合、フタロシアニン化合物(1)中の中心金属部位やエーテル結合部位等とアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)のカルボキシ基とで水素結合等の結合を形成し、フタロシアニン化合物(1)を樹脂が覆うことで、焼成時のフタロシアニン化合物(1)の分解反応が阻害され、結果的に高輝度となると考えられる。 The carboxy groups in the repeating unit represented by formula (I) are sufficiently separated from the main chain and have high flexibility so that they are exposed to the outside of the resin molecule without forming strong hydrogen bonds between the carboxy groups. easy to be placed in When the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit represented by the formula (I), the central metal site or ether bond site in the phthalocyanine compound (1) and the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) By forming a bond such as a hydrogen bond and covering the phthalocyanine compound (1) with the resin, the decomposition reaction of the phthalocyanine compound (1) during firing is inhibited, resulting in high brightness.
(R
 式(I)中、Rは、置換基を有していてもよい、3価の炭化水素基を表す。3価の炭化水素としては、例えば、3価の脂肪族炭化水素基が挙げられる。3価の脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖状の脂肪族炭化水素基、分岐鎖状の脂肪族炭化水素基、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基、それらを組み合わせた脂肪族炭化水素基が挙げられる。
 3価の脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、1以上が好ましく、2以上がより好ましく、3以上がさらに好ましく、また、15以下が好ましく、10以下がより好ましく、8以下がさらに好ましく、5以下が特に好ましい。前記範囲内とすることでフタロシアニン化合物(1)と水素結合を形成しやすく、輝度が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、1~15が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、2~8がさらに好ましく、3~5が特に好ましい。
( R2 )
In formula (I), R 2 represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Trivalent hydrocarbons include, for example, trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups. The trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group includes a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group combining them. .
The number of carbon atoms in the trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and 8 or less. More preferably, 5 or less is particularly preferable. Within the above range, hydrogen bonding with the phthalocyanine compound (1) is likely to be formed, and brightness tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 1 to 15 are preferred, 1 to 10 are more preferred, 2 to 8 are even more preferred, and 3 to 5 are particularly preferred.
 3価の脂肪族炭化水素基の具体例としては、以下が挙げられる。なお、下記一般式(R-2)のように脂環式構造を含む場合は、脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位には含めない。 Specific examples of trivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include the following. In addition, when it contains an alicyclic structure as in the following general formula (R-2), it is not included in the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(R-1)、(R-2)中、*は結合手を表す。 * represents a bond in formulas (R-1) and (R-2).
 3価の炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アリーロキシチオ基、ハロゲン原子が挙げられる。なお、置換基中に芳香環を含む場合は芳香環を含む繰り返し単位には含めず、置換基中に脂環式構造を含む場合は脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位には含めない。 Examples of substituents that the trivalent hydrocarbon group may have include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryloxythio group, and a halogen atom. When the substituent contains an aromatic ring, it is not included in the repeating unit containing the aromatic ring, and when the substituent contains an alicyclic structure, it is not included in the repeating unit containing the alicyclic structure.
(R
 式(I)中、Rは、置換基を有していてもよい、2価の炭化水素基を表す。2価の炭化水素としては、例えば、2価の脂肪族炭化水素基や2価の芳香族炭化水素環基が挙げられる。
( R4 )
In formula (I), R4 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Divalent hydrocarbons include, for example, divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups.
 2価の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、直鎖状の脂肪族炭化水素基、分岐鎖状の脂肪族炭化水素基、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基、それらを組み合わせた脂肪族炭化水素基が挙げられる。
 2価の脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、1以上が好ましく、2以上がより好ましく、3以上がさらに好ましく、4以上が特に好ましく、また、15以下が好ましく、10以下がより好ましく、8以下がさらに好ましく、6以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでフタロシアニン化合物(1)とアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)のカルボキシ基との水素結合が強硬に形成される傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることでフタロシアニン化合物(1)とアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)のカルボキシ基との水素結合の形成が維持される傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、1~15が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、3~8がさらに好ましく、4~6が特に好ましい。
Examples of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group combining them. be done.
The number of carbon atoms in the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, particularly preferably 4 or more, and preferably 15 or less, and 10 or less. It is more preferable, 8 or less is more preferable, and 6 or less is particularly preferable. When the value is at least the above lower limit, the hydrogen bond between the phthalocyanine compound (1) and the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) tends to be formed strongly. The formation of hydrogen bonds between the compound (1) and the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) tends to be maintained. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 1 to 15 are preferred, 2 to 10 are more preferred, 3 to 8 are even more preferred, and 4 to 6 are particularly preferred.
 2価の脂肪族炭化水素基の具体例としては、例えば、エチレン基、プロピレン基、エテニレン基、シクロヘキサ-4-エン-1,2-ジイル基、シクロヘキサ-1,2-ジイル基が挙げられる。これらの中でもアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)のカルボキシ基との水素結合形成を促進させるとの観点から、エチレン基、エテニレン基、シクロヘキサ-4-エン-1,2-ジイル基が好ましい。 Specific examples of divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include ethylene group, propylene group, ethenylene group, cyclohex-4-ene-1,2-diyl group and cyclohexa-1,2-diyl group. Among these, an ethylene group, an ethenylene group, and a cyclohex-4-ene-1,2-diyl group are preferable from the viewpoint of promoting hydrogen bond formation with the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
 2価の芳香族炭化水素環基において、その炭素数は特に限定されないが、6以上が好ましく、12以下が好ましい。例えば6~12が好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでフタロシアニン化合物(1)とのπ―π相互作用を促進させる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることでアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)のカラーフィルタ作製工程の焼成時の黄変による輝度低下が抑制できる傾向がある。 The number of carbon atoms in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 6 or more and preferably 12 or less. For example, 6-12 is preferred. When it is equal to or higher than the lower limit, there is a tendency to promote π-π interaction with the phthalocyanine compound (1), and when it is equal to or lower than the upper limit, the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is used in the process of producing a color filter. There is a tendency that the reduction in luminance due to yellowing during firing can be suppressed.
 2価の芳香族炭化水素環基における芳香族炭化水素環としては、単環であっても縮合環であってもよい。芳香族炭化水素環基としては、例えば、2個の遊離原子価を有する、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環が挙げられる。 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes, for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, which have two free valences, An acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, and a fluorene ring can be mentioned.
 2価の炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシ基などが挙げられる。 Examples of substituents that the divalent hydrocarbon group may have include an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, and a carboxy group.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)は、その他の繰り返し単位をさらに含むものであってもよい。
 その他の繰り返し単位としては、フタロシアニン化合物(1)と水素結合を形成し、且つエチレン性二重結合によってカラーフィルタ作製時の硬化性を向上させるとの観点から、下記一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。
The alkali-soluble resin (c-1) may further contain other repeating units.
Other repeating units are represented by the following general formula (II) from the viewpoint of forming a hydrogen bond with the phthalocyanine compound (1) and improving the curability when producing a color filter with an ethylenic double bond. is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式(II)中、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Rは、置換基を有していてもよい、3価の炭化水素基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子又はメチル基を示す。
In formula (II), R5 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R6 represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
R7 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Rにおける、置換基を有していてもよい3価の炭化水素基としては、Rにて挙げたものを好ましく適用することができる。なお、R中に芳香環を含む場合は芳香環を含む繰り返し単位には含めず、R中に脂環式構造を含む場合は脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位には含めない。 As the optionally substituted trivalent hydrocarbon group for R 6 , those exemplified for R 2 can be preferably applied. When R 6 contains an aromatic ring, it is not included in the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring, and when R 6 contains an alicyclic structure, it is not included in the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure.
 また、その他の繰り返し単位としては、カラーフィルタ作製工程における焼成時の黄変抑制の観点から、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 In addition, as other repeating units, repeating units represented by the following general formula (III) are preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing yellowing during baking in the color filter production process.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(III)中、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい1価の炭化水素基を表す。
In formula (III), R8 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R9 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
(R
 式(III)中、Rは、水素原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい1価の炭化水素基を表す。1価の炭化水素基としては、1価の脂肪族炭化水素基や1価の芳香族炭化水素環基が挙げられる。なお、R中に芳香環を含む場合は、芳香環を含む繰り返し単位には含めず、R中に脂環式構造を含む場合は、脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位には含めない。
( R9 )
In formula (III), R9 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. The monovalent hydrocarbon group includes a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. When R 9 contains an aromatic ring, it is not included in the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring, and when R 9 contains an alicyclic structure, it is not included in the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure.
 1価の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、直鎖状の脂肪族炭化水素基、分岐鎖状の脂肪族炭化水素基、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基、それらを組み合わせた脂肪族炭化水素基が挙げられる。
 1価の脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、1以上が好ましく、2以上がより好ましく、3以上がさらに好ましく、5以上がよりさらに好ましく、7以上が特に好ましく、20以下が好ましく、18以下がより好ましく、15以下がさらに好ましく、12以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでカラーフィルタ作製工程の焼成時の黄変を抑制できる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることでカラーフィルタ作製時のアルカリ現像性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、1~20が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、3~18がさらに好ましく、5~15がよりさらに好ましく、7~12が特に好ましい。
 1価の脂肪族炭化水素基の具体例としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエニル基、シクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。これらの中でも熱による黄変抑制の観点から、メチル基又はテトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエニル基が好ましい。
Examples of the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group include straight-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, branched-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, and aliphatic hydrocarbon groups combining them. be done.
The number of carbon atoms in the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, even more preferably 5 or more, particularly preferably 7 or more, and 20 or less. It is preferably 18 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less. When it is at least the above lower limit, yellowing during baking in the color filter manufacturing process tends to be suppressed, and when it is at most the above upper limit, alkali developability tends to improve when manufacturing the color filter. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 1 to 20 are preferred, 2 to 20 are more preferred, 3 to 18 are even more preferred, 5 to 15 are even more preferred, and 7 to 12 are particularly preferred.
Specific examples of monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tetrahydrodicyclopentadienyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. Among these, a methyl group or a tetrahydrodicyclopentadienyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing yellowing due to heat.
 1価の芳香族炭化水素基において、その炭素数は特に限定されないが、6以上が好ましく、12以下が好ましい。例えば6~12が好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでフタロシアニン化合物(1)とのπ―π相互作用を促進させる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることでカラーフィルタ作製工程の焼成時の黄変による輝度低下が抑制される傾向がある。 Although the number of carbon atoms in the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 6 or more, and preferably 12 or less. For example, 6-12 is preferred. When it is at least the above lower limit, there is a tendency to promote the π-π interaction with the phthalocyanine compound (1), and when it is at most the above upper limit, luminance decreases due to yellowing during firing in the color filter manufacturing process. tends to be suppressed.
 1価の芳香族炭化水素環基における芳香族炭化水素環としては、単環であっても縮合環であってもよい。芳香族炭化水素環基としては、例えば、1個の遊離原子価を有する、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環が挙げられる。 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes, for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, which have one free valence, An acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, and a fluorene ring can be mentioned.
 1価の炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、ハロゲン原子が挙げられる。 Examples of substituents that the monovalent hydrocarbon group may have include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a halogen atom.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が式(I)で表される繰り返し単位を含む場合、その含有割合は特に限定されないが、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、15モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、30モル%以上がさらに好ましく、35モル%以上が特に好ましく、また、80モル%以下が好ましく、70モル%以下がより好ましく、60モル%以下がさらに好ましく、50モル%以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでアルカリ現像性が向上するとともにフタロシアニン化合物(1)との水素結合が強固に形成される傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで樹脂自身の熱分解が抑制される傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、15~80モル%が好ましく、20~70モル%がより好ましく、30~60モル%がさらに好ましく、35~50モル%が特に好ましい。 When the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) contains repeating units represented by formula (I), the content is not particularly limited, but the total number of moles of the repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100. In terms of mol%, it is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, particularly preferably 35 mol% or more, and preferably 80 mol% or less, and 70 mol% or less. is more preferable, 60 mol % or less is more preferable, and 50 mol % or less is particularly preferable. When the value is at least the above lower limit, the alkali developability is improved and hydrogen bonds with the phthalocyanine compound (1) tend to be formed strongly. tend to be suppressed. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 15 to 80 mol% is preferred, 20 to 70 mol% is more preferred, 30 to 60 mol% is even more preferred, and 35 to 50 mol% is particularly preferred.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が式(II)で表される繰り返し単位を含む場合、その含有割合は特に限定されないが、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、5モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましく、12モル%以上がさらに好ましく、15モル%以上がよりさらに好ましく、18モル%以上が特に好ましく、また、45モル%以下が好ましく、40モル%以下がより好ましく、35モル%以下がさらに好ましく、30モル%以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでアルカリ現像性が向上するとともにフタロシアニン化合物(1)との水素結合が強固に形成される傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで樹脂自身の熱分解が抑制される傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、5~45モル%が好ましく、10~45モル%がより好ましく、12~40モル%がさらに好ましく、15~35モル%がよりさらに好ましく、18~30モル%が特に好ましい。 When the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) contains repeating units represented by formula (II), the content is not particularly limited, but the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100. When expressed as mol %, it is preferably 5 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % or more, still more preferably 12 mol % or more, even more preferably 15 mol % or more, particularly preferably 18 mol % or more, and 45 mol %. % or less, more preferably 40 mol % or less, even more preferably 35 mol % or less, and particularly preferably 30 mol % or less. When the value is at least the above lower limit, the alkali developability is improved and hydrogen bonds with the phthalocyanine compound (1) tend to be formed strongly. tend to be suppressed. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 5 to 45 mol% is preferred, 10 to 45 mol% is more preferred, 12 to 40 mol% is even more preferred, 15 to 35 mol% is even more preferred, and 18 to 30 mol% is particularly preferred.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が式(III)で表される繰り返し単位を含む場合、その含有割合は特に限定されないが、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、1モル%以上が好ましく、5モル%以上がより好ましく、10モル%以上がさらに好ましく、15モル%以上がよりさらに好ましく、20モル%以上がことさらに好ましく、25モル%以上が特に好ましく、また、50モル%以下が好ましく、45モル%以下がより好ましく、40モル%以下がさらに好ましく、35モル%以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでカラーフィルタ作製時における樹脂の熱分解による黄変が抑制される傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることでアルカリ現像性の悪化が抑制される傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、1~50モル%が好ましく、5~50モル%がより好ましく、10~45モル%がさらに好ましく、15~45モル%がよりさらに好ましく、20~40モル%がことさらに好ましく、25~35モル%が特に好ましい。 When the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) contains repeating units represented by formula (III), the content is not particularly limited, but the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100. When expressed as mol%, it is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, still more preferably 10 mol% or more, even more preferably 15 mol% or more, even more preferably 20 mol% or more, and 25 mol%. 50 mol % or less is preferable, 45 mol % or less is more preferable, 40 mol % or less is even more preferable, and 35 mol % or less is particularly preferable. When it is at least the above lower limit, yellowing due to thermal decomposition of the resin tends to be suppressed during the production of the color filter, and when it is at most the above upper limit, deterioration of alkali developability tends to be suppressed. . The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 1 to 50 mol% is preferable, 5 to 50 mol% is more preferable, 10 to 45 mol% is more preferable, 15 to 45 mol% is even more preferable, 20 to 40 mol% is particularly preferable, and 25 to 35 mol % is particularly preferred.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物における(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)を含むものであるが、その他のアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-2)をさらに含むものであってもよい。
 その他のアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-2)としては、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)に該当しないもののうち、例えば、日本国特開平7-207211号公報、日本国特開平8-259876号公報、日本国特開平10-300922号公報、日本国特開平11-140144号公報、日本国特開平11-174224号公報、日本国特開2000-56118号公報、日本国特開2003-233179号公報、日本国特開2009-053652号公報に記載される公知の高分子化合物を使用することができる。中でも好ましくは下記(c-2-1)~(c-2-5)の樹脂が挙げられる。
 (c-2-1):エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと、他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体に対し、該共重合体が有するエポキシ基の少なくとも一部に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させてなる樹脂、或いは該付加反応により生じた水酸基の少なくとも一部に多塩基酸無水物を付加させて得られる、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(以下「樹脂(c-2-1)」と称する場合がある。)
 (c-2-2)主鎖にカルボキシ基を含有する直鎖状アルカリ可溶性樹脂(以下、「樹脂(c-2-2)」と称する場合がある。)
 (c-2-3)前記樹脂(c-2-2)のカルボキシ基部分に、エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物を付加させた樹脂(以下、「樹脂(c-2-3)」と称する場合がある。)
 (c-2-4)(メタ)アクリル系樹脂(以下、「樹脂(c-2-4)」と称する場合がある。)
 (c-2-5)カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂(以下、「樹脂(c-2-5)」と称する場合がある。)
 このうち特に好ましくは樹脂(c-2-1)が挙げられる。
The (C) alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble resin (c-1), but may further contain another alkali-soluble resin (c-2).
As other alkali-soluble resins (c-2), among those that do not fall under the alkali-soluble resin (c-1), for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-207211, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-259876, Japan Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 10-300922, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 11-140144, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 11-174224, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-56118, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2003-233179, Japan Known polymer compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-053652 can be used. Among them, the following resins (c-2-1) to (c-2-5) are preferred.
(c-2-1): for a copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and another radically polymerizable monomer, at least part of the epoxy groups of the copolymer are unsaturated monobasic A resin obtained by adding an acid, or an alkali-soluble resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least part of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition reaction (hereinafter referred to as "resin (c-2-1)" sometimes.)
(c-2-2) Linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxy group in the main chain (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "resin (c-2-2)")
(c-2-3) Resin obtained by adding an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound to the carboxy group portion of the resin (c-2-2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "resin (c-2-3)" be.)
(c-2-4) (Meth) acrylic resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "resin (c-2-4)")
(c-2-5) Epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxy group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "resin (c-2-5)")
Of these, the resin (c-2-1) is particularly preferred.
 樹脂(c-2-2)~(c-2-5)は、アルカリ性の現像液によって溶解され、目的とする現像処理が遂行される程度に溶解性を有するものであればよく、各々、特開2009-025813号公報に同項目として記載されている樹脂を好ましく採用することができる。 The resins (c-2-2) to (c-2-5) may be dissolved by an alkaline developer and have solubility to the extent that the intended development processing can be carried out. A resin described in JP-A-2009-025813 as the same item can be preferably employed.
 樹脂(c-2-1)はエポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと、他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体に対し、該共重合体が有するエポキシ基の少なくとも一部に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させてなる樹脂、或いは該付加反応により生じた水酸基の少なくとも一部に多塩基酸無水物を付加させて得られるアルカリ可溶性樹脂である。
 樹脂(c-2-1)の好ましい態様の1つとして、「エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレート5~90モル%と、他のラジカル重合性単量体10~95モル%との共重合体に対し、該共重合体が有するエポキシ基の10~100モル%に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させてなる樹脂、或いは該付加反応により生じた水酸基の10~100モル%に多塩基酸無水物を付加させて得られるアルカリ可溶性樹脂」が挙げられる。
The resin (c-2-1) is a copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and another radically polymerizable monomer, and at least part of the epoxy groups of the copolymer are unsaturated It is a resin obtained by adding a basic acid, or an alkali-soluble resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least part of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition reaction.
One preferred embodiment of the resin (c-2-1) is "a copolymer of 5 to 90 mol% of an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and 10 to 95 mol% of another radically polymerizable monomer. On the other hand, a resin obtained by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy groups of the copolymer, or a polybasic acid anhydride to 10 to 100 mol% of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition reaction. alkali-soluble resin obtained by addition”.
 エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレートグリシジルエーテルが挙げられる。中でもグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。これらのエポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylates include glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate. Acrylate glycidyl ethers may be mentioned. Among them, glycidyl (meth)acrylate is preferred. These epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと共重合させる他のラジカル重合性単量体としては、下記一般式(V)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 As another radically polymerizable monomer to be copolymerized with the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate, a mono(meth)acrylate having a structure represented by the following general formula (V) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式(V)中、R91~R98は各々独立して、水素原子、又は炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表す。なお、R96とR98、又はR95とR97とが、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 式(V)において、R96とR98、又はR95とR97とが連結して形成される環は、脂肪族環であるのが好ましく、飽和又は不飽和の何れでもよく、又、炭素数が5~6であるのが好ましい。
In formula (V), each of R 91 to R 98 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. In addition, R 96 and R 98 or R 95 and R 97 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
In formula (V), the ring formed by linking R 96 and R 98 or R 95 and R 97 is preferably an aliphatic ring, which may be either saturated or unsaturated. Preferably the number is 5-6.
 中でも、式(V)で表される構造としては、下記一般式(Va)、(Vb)、又は(Vc)で表される構造が好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂にこれらの構造を導入することによって、本発明の着色樹脂組成物をカラーフィルタ形成用に使用する場合に、該着色樹脂組成物の耐熱性が向上し、該着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成された画素の強度が増す傾向がある。
Among them, the structure represented by the formula (V) is preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (Va), (Vb), or (Vc).
By introducing these structures into the alkali-soluble resin, when the colored resin composition of the present invention is used for forming a color filter, the heat resistance of the colored resin composition is improved, and the colored resin composition is used. The intensity of pixels formed by
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 式(V)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The mono(meth)acrylates having the structure represented by formula (V) may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 式(V)で表される構造を有するモノ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、式(V)で表される構造を有する限り公知の各種のモノ(メタ)アクリレートが使用できるが、特に下記一般式(VI)で表されるモノ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 As the mono(meth)acrylate having the structure represented by the formula (V), various known mono(meth)acrylates can be used as long as they have the structure represented by the formula (V). Mono(meth)acrylates represented by VI) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 式(VI)中、R89は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、R90は式(V)で表される構造を表す。 In formula (VI), R 89 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 90 represents the structure represented by formula (V).
 エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体において式(VI)で表されるモノ(メタ)アクリレートに由来する繰り返し単位が含まれる場合、式(VI)で表されるモノ(メタ)アクリレートに由来する繰り返し単位の含有割合は、他のラジカル重合性単量体に由来する繰り返し単位中、5~90モル%が好ましく、10~70モル%がさらに好ましく、15~50モル%が特に好ましい。 When the copolymer of epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomer contains repeating units derived from mono(meth)acrylate represented by formula (VI), in formula (VI) The content of repeating units derived from the represented mono (meth) acrylate is preferably 5 to 90 mol%, more preferably 10 to 70 mol%, in repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers, 15 to 50 mol % is particularly preferred.
 式(VI)で表されるモノ(メタ)アクリレート以外の他のラジカル重合性単量体としては、特に限定されるものではないが具体的には、例えば、スチレン、スチレンのα-、o-、m-、p-アルキル、ニトロ、シアノ、アミド、エステル誘導体等のビニル芳香族類;ブタジエン、2,3-ジメチルブタジエン、イソプレン、クロロプレン等のジエン類;(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸-iso-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸-n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ネオペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソアミル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-メチルシクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボロニル、(メタ)アクリル酸アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロパギル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ナフチル、(メタ)アクリル酸アントラセニル、(メタ)アクリル酸アントラニノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ピペロニル、(メタ)アクリル酸サリチル、(メタ)アクリル酸フリル、(メタ)アクリル酸フルフリル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ピラニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェネチル、(メタ)アクリル酸クレジル、(メタ)アクリル酸-1,1,1-トリフルオロエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸パーフルオルエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸パーフルオロ-n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸パーフルオロ-iso-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリフェニルメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸クミル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-(N,N-ジメチルアミノ)プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシプロピル等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類;(メタ)アクリル酸アミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジエチルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジプロピルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジ-iso-プロピルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸アントラセニルアミド等の(メタ)アクリル酸アミド;(メタ)アクリル酸アニリド、(メタ)アクリロイルニトリル、アクロレイン、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、フッ化ビニル、フッ化ビニリデン、N-ビニルピロリドン、ビニルピリジン、酢酸ビニル等のビニル化合物類;シトラコン酸ジエチル、マレイン酸ジエチル、フマル酸ジエチル、イタコン酸ジエチル等の不飽和ジカルボン酸ジエステル類;N-フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N-ラウリルマレイミド、N-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)マレイミド等のモノマレイミド類;N-(メタ)アクリロイルフタルイミドが挙げられる。 The radically polymerizable monomer other than the mono(meth)acrylate represented by the formula (VI) is not particularly limited, but specific examples include styrene, α- and o- , m-, p-alkyl, nitro, cyano, amide, ester derivatives and other vinyl aromatics; butadiene, 2,3-dimethylbutadiene, isoprene, chloroprene and other dienes; methyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) Ethyl acrylate, (meth)acrylate-n-propyl, (meth)acrylate-iso-propyl, (meth)acrylate-n-butyl, (meth)acrylate-sec-butyl, (meth)acrylate- tert-butyl, pentyl (meth)acrylate, neopentyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, ( meth)dodecyl acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid adamantyl, propargyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, naphthyl (meth)acrylate, anthracenyl (meth)acrylate, anthraninonyl (meth)acrylate, piperonyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic salicyl acid, furyl (meth)acrylate, furfuryl (meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofuryl (meth)acrylate, pyranyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic cresyl acid, 1,1,1-trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate, perfluoroethyl (meth)acrylate, perfluoro-n-propyl (meth)acrylate, perfluoro-iso (meth)acrylate -propyl, triphenylmethyl (meth)acrylate, cumyl (meth)acrylate, 3-(N,N-dimethylamino)propyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate (Meth)acrylic acid esters such as 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate; (meth)acrylic acid amide, (meth)acrylic acid N,N-dimethylamide, (meth)acrylic acid N,N-diethylamide, (meth)acrylic acid (meth)acrylic acid amides such as acrylic acid N,N-dipropylamide, (meth)acrylic acid N,N-di-iso-propylamide, (meth)acrylic acid anthracenylamide; (meth)acrylic acid anilide , (meth)acryloylnitrile, acrolein, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, vinyl fluoride, vinylidene fluoride, N-vinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyridine, vinyl compounds such as vinyl acetate; diethyl citraconate, diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate , unsaturated dicarboxylic acid diesters such as diethyl itaconate; monomaleimides such as N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-laurylmaleimide, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)maleimide; N-(meth)acryloylphthalimide is mentioned.
 これら他のラジカル重合性単量体の中でも、着色樹脂組成物に優れた耐熱性及び強度を付与させるとの観点からは、スチレン、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、モノマレイミドが好ましい。
 エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体においてスチレン、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、又はモノマレイミドに由来するいずれかの繰り返し単位が含まれる場合、他のラジカル重合性単量体に由来する繰り返し単位中、スチレンに由来する繰り返し単位、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートに由来する繰り返し単位、及びモノマレイミドに由来する繰り返し単位の含有割合の合計は、1~70モル%が好ましく、3~50モル%がさらに好ましい。
Among these other radically polymerizable monomers, styrene, benzyl (meth)acrylate, and monomaleimide are preferred from the viewpoint of imparting excellent heat resistance and strength to the colored resin composition.
If any repeating unit derived from styrene, benzyl (meth)acrylate, or monomaleimide is included in the copolymer of epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomer, other radical polymerization Among the repeating units derived from a styrene monomer, the total content of repeating units derived from styrene, repeating units derived from benzyl (meth)acrylate, and repeating units derived from monomaleimide is 1 to 70 mol%. Preferably, 3 to 50 mol % is more preferable.
 エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合反応には、公知の溶液重合法が適用できる。使用する溶剤はラジカル重合に不活性なものであれば特に限定されるものではなく、通常用いられている有機溶剤を使用することができる。
 溶液重合法に用いられる溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、セロソルブアセテート、ブチルセロソルブアセテート等のエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、カルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート等のジエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類等の酢酸エステル類;エチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;メチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトール、ブチルカルビトール等のジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;トリエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;プロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;ジプロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル類;1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル類;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン類;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、オクタン、デカン等の炭化水素類;石油エーテル、石油ナフサ、水添石油ナフサ、ソルベントナフサ等の石油系溶剤;乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル等の乳酸エステル類;ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチルピロリドンが挙げられる。これらの溶剤は単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 溶液重合法に用いられる溶剤の使用量は、得られる共重合体100質量部に対し、好ましくは30~1000質量部、より好ましくは50~800質量部である。溶剤の使用量を前記範囲内とすることで共重合体の分子量の制御が容易となる傾向がある。
A known solution polymerization method can be applied to the copolymerization reaction between the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomers. The solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to radical polymerization, and commonly used organic solvents can be used.
Solvents used in the solution polymerization method include, for example, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, cellosolve acetate and butyl cellosolve acetate; Alkyl ether acetates; propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; acetate esters such as dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers; diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as methyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol and butyl carbitol triethylene glycol dialkyl ethers; propylene glycol dialkyl ethers; dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers; ethers such as 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone and cyclohexanone; , xylene, octane, hydrocarbons such as decane; petroleum solvents such as petroleum ether, petroleum naphtha, hydrogenated petroleum naphtha, solvent naphtha; lactate esters such as methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate; dimethylformamide, N- and methylpyrrolidone. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The amount of the solvent used in the solution polymerization method is preferably 30 to 1000 parts by mass, more preferably 50 to 800 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resulting copolymer. By setting the amount of the solvent to be used within the above range, there is a tendency that the molecular weight of the copolymer can be easily controlled.
 共重合反応に使用されるラジカル重合開始剤は、ラジカル重合を開始できるものであれば特に限定されるものではなく、通常用いられている有機過酸化物触媒やアゾ化合物触媒を使用することができる。有機過酸化物触媒としては、公知のケトンパーオキサイド、パーオキシケタール、ハイドロパーオキサイド、ジアリルパーオキサイド、ジアシルパーオキサイド、パーオキシエステル、パーオキシジカーボネートに分類される触媒が挙げられる。 The radical polymerization initiator used in the copolymerization reaction is not particularly limited as long as it can initiate radical polymerization, and commonly used organic peroxide catalysts and azo compound catalysts can be used. . Organic peroxide catalysts include catalysts classified into known ketone peroxides, peroxyketals, hydroperoxides, diallyl peroxides, diacyl peroxides, peroxyesters, and peroxydicarbonates.
 共重合反応に使用されるラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、ジクミルパーオキサイド、ジイソプロピルパーオキサイド、ジ-t-ブチルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルパーオキシベンゾエート、t-ヘキシルパーオキシベンゾエート、t-ブチルパーオキシ-2-エチルヘキサノエート、t-ヘキシルパーオキシ-2-エチルヘキサノエート、1,1-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)ヘキシル-3、3-イソプロピルヒドロパーオキサイド、t-ブチルヒドロパーオキサイド、ジクミルパーオキサイド、ジクミルヒドロパーオキサイド、アセチルパーオキサイド、ビス(4-t-ブチルシクロヘキシル)パーオキシジカーボネート、ジイソプロピルパーオキシジカーボネート、イソブチルパーオキサイド、3,3,5-トリメチルヘキサノイルパーオキサイド、ラウリルパーオキサイド、1,1-ビス(t-ブチルパーオキシ)3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン、1,1-ビス(t-ヘキシルパーオキシ)3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサンが挙げられる。
 アゾ化合物触媒としては、例えば、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、アゾビスカルボンアミドが挙げられる。
Examples of radical polymerization initiators used in the copolymerization reaction include benzoyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, diisopropyl peroxide, di-t-butyl peroxide, t-butyl peroxybenzoate, and t-hexyl peroxybenzoate. , t-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate, t-hexylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate, 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 2 ,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(t-butylperoxy)hexyl-3,3-isopropyl hydroperoxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, dicumyl peroxide, dicumyl hydroperoxide, acetyl peroxide, Bis(4-t-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate, diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate, isobutyl peroxide, 3,3,5-trimethylhexanoyl peroxide, lauryl peroxide, 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxide) oxy)3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane and 1,1-bis(t-hexylperoxy)3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane.
Examples of azo compound catalysts include azobisisobutyronitrile and azobiscarbonamide.
 これらの中から、重合温度に応じて、適当な半減期のラジカル重合開始剤が1種又は2種以上使用される。
 ラジカル重合開始剤の使用量は、共重合反応に使用される単量体の合計100質量部に対して、通常0.5~20質量部、好ましくは1~10質量部である。
Among these, one or more radical polymerization initiators having an appropriate half-life are used depending on the polymerization temperature.
The amount of the radical polymerization initiator used is usually 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the monomers used in the copolymerization reaction.
 共重合反応は、共重合反応に使用される単量体及びラジカル重合開始剤を溶剤に溶解し、攪拌しながら昇温して行ってもよいし、ラジカル重合開始剤を添加した単量体を、昇温、攪拌した溶剤中に滴下して行ってもよいし、溶剤中にラジカル重合開始剤を添加し昇温した中に単量体を滴下してもよい。
 反応条件は目標とする分子量に応じて設定することができる。
The copolymerization reaction may be carried out by dissolving the monomers and radical polymerization initiator used in the copolymerization reaction in a solvent and heating the mixture while stirring, or by adding the radical polymerization initiator to the monomers. Alternatively, a radical polymerization initiator may be added to the solvent and then the monomer may be added dropwise to the solvent.
Reaction conditions can be set according to the target molecular weight.
 本発明において、エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートと他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体としては、共重合体の全繰り返し単位中、エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートに由来する繰り返し単位5~90モル%と他のラジカル重合性単量体に由来する繰り返し単位10~95モル%とからなるものが好ましく;エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートに由来する繰り返し単位20~80モル%と他のラジカル重合性単量体に由来する繰り返し単位80~20モル%とからなるものがさらに好ましく;エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートに由来する繰り返し単位30~70モル%と他のラジカル重合性単量体に由来する繰り返し単位70~30モル%とからなるものが特に好ましい。 In the present invention, as a copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and another radically polymerizable monomer, 5 repeating units derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate among the total repeating units of the copolymer 90 mol% and 10 to 95 mol% of repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers are preferred; More preferably, 80 to 20 mol% of repeating units derived from a radically polymerizable monomer; 30 to 70 mol% of repeating units derived from an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and another radically polymerizable monomer. Especially preferred is one comprising 70 to 30 mol % of repeating units derived from.
 エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートに由来する繰り返し単位の含有割合を前記下限値以上とすることで、後述する不飽和一塩基酸や多塩基酸無水物の付加量が十分となる傾向がある。
 他のラジカル重合性単量体に由来する繰り返し単位の含有割合を前記下限値以上とすることで、耐熱性や強度が十分となる傾向がある。
By setting the content ratio of the repeating unit derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate to the lower limit or more, the amount of the unsaturated monobasic acid or polybasic acid anhydride to be described later tends to be sufficient.
By setting the content of repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers to the lower limit or more, heat resistance and strength tend to be sufficient.
 樹脂(c-2-1)は、エポキシ樹脂含有(メタ)アクリレートと、他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体のエポキシ基に、不飽和一塩基酸(重合性成分)と、多塩基酸無水物(アルカリ可溶性成分)とを反応させる。
 エポキシ基に付加させる不飽和一塩基酸としては、公知の不飽和一塩基酸を使用することができ、例えば、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する不飽和カルボン酸が挙げられる。
 エポキシ基に付加させる不飽和一塩基酸としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸;クロトン酸;o-、m-、p-ビニル安息香酸;α-位がハロアルキル基、アルコキシル基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、又はシアノ基などで置換された(メタ)アクリル酸等のモノカルボン酸;が挙げられる。中でも(メタ)アクリル酸が好ましい。これらの不飽和一塩基酸は1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
The resin (c-2-1) comprises an epoxy resin-containing (meth)acrylate and an epoxy group of a copolymer of another radically polymerizable monomer, an unsaturated monobasic acid (polymerizable component), It is reacted with a basic acid anhydride (alkali-soluble component).
As the unsaturated monobasic acid to be added to the epoxy group, a known unsaturated monobasic acid can be used, and examples thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond.
Examples of unsaturated monobasic acids to be added to epoxy groups include (meth)acrylic acid; crotonic acid; o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid; or monocarboxylic acids such as (meth)acrylic acid substituted with a cyano group or the like; Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is preferred. These unsaturated monobasic acids may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 不飽和一塩基酸をエポキシ基に付加させることにより、樹脂(c-2-1)に重合性を付与することができる。
 不飽和一塩基酸は、エポキシ樹脂含有(メタ)アクリレートと他のラジカル重合性単量体との共重合体が有する全エポキシ基を100モル%とした場合、通常10~100モル%、好ましくは30~100モル%、より好ましくは50~100モル%に付加させる。前記下限値以上とすることで、着色樹脂組成物の経時安定性が良好となる傾向がある。
 共重合体のエポキシ基に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させる方法としては、公知の方法を採用することができる。
Polymerizability can be imparted to the resin (c-2-1) by adding the unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group.
The unsaturated monobasic acid is usually 10 to 100 mol%, preferably 10 to 100 mol%, when the total epoxy groups of the copolymer of the epoxy resin-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomer are 100 mol%. Add 30 to 100 mol %, more preferably 50 to 100 mol %. By making it more than the said lower limit, there exists a tendency for the aging stability of a colored resin composition to become favorable.
A known method can be employed as a method for adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of the copolymer.
 さらに、共重合体のエポキシ基に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させたときに生じる水酸基に付加させる多塩基酸無水物としては、公知の多塩基酸無水物が使用できる。
 多塩基酸無水物としては、例えば、無水マレイン酸、無水コハク酸、無水イタコン酸、無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、無水クロレンド酸等の二塩基酸無水物;無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸無水物、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸無水物等の三塩基以上の酸の無水物が挙げられる。中でも、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、無水コハク酸が好ましい。これらの多塩基酸無水物は1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
Furthermore, known polybasic acid anhydrides can be used as the polybasic acid anhydride to be added to the hydroxyl group produced when the unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy group of the copolymer.
Examples of polybasic acid anhydrides include dibasic acid anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, and chlorendic anhydride; Anhydrides of tribasic or higher acids such as acids, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenonetetracarboxylic anhydride, and biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride can be mentioned. Among them, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and succinic anhydride are preferred. One of these polybasic acid anhydrides may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
 多塩基酸無水物を、共重合体のエポキシ基に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させたときに生じる水酸基に付加させることにより、樹脂(c-2-1)にアルカリ可溶性を付与することができる。
 多塩基酸無水物は、共重合体が有するエポキシ基に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させることにより生じる全水酸基を100モル%とした場合、通常10~100モル%、好ましくは20~90モル%、より好ましくは30~80モル%に付加させる。前記上限値以下とすることで、現像時の残膜率が良好となる傾向があり、また、前記下限値以上とすることで溶解性が十分となる傾向がある。
 共重合体が有するエポキシ基に不飽和一塩基酸を付加させることにより生じる水酸基に多塩基酸無水物を付加させる方法としては、公知の方法を採用することができる。
Alkali solubility can be imparted to the resin (c-2-1) by adding the polybasic acid anhydride to the hydroxyl groups generated when the unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy groups of the copolymer. .
The polybasic acid anhydride is usually 10 to 100 mol%, preferably 20 to 90 mol%, when the total hydroxyl groups generated by adding unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy groups of the copolymer are 100 mol%. , more preferably 30 to 80 mol %. When the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit, there is a tendency that the residual film ratio during development becomes favorable, and when the content is equal to or more than the above lower limit, there is a tendency that the solubility becomes sufficient.
A known method can be employed as a method for adding a polybasic acid anhydride to a hydroxyl group produced by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to an epoxy group of the copolymer.
 光感度を向上させるために、多塩基酸無水物を付加させた後、生成したカルボキシ基の一部にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートや重合性不飽和基を有するグリシジルエーテル化合物を付加させてもよい。
 現像性を向上させるために、生成したカルボキシ基の一部に、重合性不飽和基を有さないグリシジルエーテル化合物を付加させてもよい。
 これらは1種を単独で付加させてもよく、2種以上を併用して付加させてもよい。
In order to improve photosensitivity, after adding a polybasic acid anhydride, a glycidyl ether compound having a glycidyl (meth) acrylate or a polymerizable unsaturated group may be added to a part of the generated carboxy groups.
In order to improve developability, a glycidyl ether compound having no polymerizable unsaturated group may be added to some of the generated carboxy groups.
These may be added singly or in combination of two or more.
 重合性不飽和基を有さないグリシジルエーテル化合物としては、例えば、フェニル基やアルキル基を有するグリシジルエーテル化合物が挙げられる。
 市販品として、例えば、ナガセケムテックス社製の商品名「デナコールEX-111」、「デナコールEX-121」、「デナコールEX-141」、「デナコールEX-145」、「デナコールEX-146」、「デナコールEX-171」、「デナコールEX-192」が挙げられる。
Examples of glycidyl ether compounds having no polymerizable unsaturated group include glycidyl ether compounds having a phenyl group or an alkyl group.
Commercially available products include, for example, Nagase ChemteX Co., Ltd. trade names "Denacol EX-111", "Denacol EX-121", "Denacol EX-141", "Denacol EX-145", "Denacol EX-146", " Denacol EX-171” and “Denacol EX-192”.
 樹脂(c-2-1)の構造は、例えば日本国特開平8-297366号公報や日本国特開2001-89533号公報に記載されている。 The structure of the resin (c-2-1) is described, for example, in JP-A-8-297366 and JP-A-2001-89533.
 樹脂(c-2-1)のGPCで測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は特に限定されないが、3000以上が好ましく、5000以上が特に好ましい。100000以下が好ましく、50000以下が特に好ましい。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、3000~100000が好ましく、5000~50000が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで、耐熱性や膜強度が良好となる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで現像液に対する溶解性が良好となる傾向がある。
 分子量分布の目安として、樹脂(c-2-1)の重量平均分子量の数平均分子量に対する比(Mw/Mn)は、2.0~5.0が好ましい。
The polystyrene-equivalent weight-average molecular weight of the resin (c-2-1) measured by GPC is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3,000 or more, particularly preferably 5,000 or more. 100,000 or less is preferable, and 50,000 or less is particularly preferable. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 3,000 to 100,000 is preferred, and 5,000 to 50,000 is particularly preferred. When the content is at least the above lower limit, heat resistance and film strength tend to be improved, and when the content is at most the above upper limit, solubility in a developing solution tends to be improved.
As a measure of the molecular weight distribution, the ratio (Mw/Mn) of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight of the resin (c-2-1) is preferably 2.0 to 5.0.
 紫外線露光時の塗膜硬化性の観点から、樹脂(c-2-4)の中でも、(c1)側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有するアクリル共重合樹脂(以下、(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂と称する場合がある。)が好ましい。
 (c1)アクリル共重合樹脂が有する、エチレン性不飽和基を有する側鎖を含む部分構造は特に限定されないが、紫外線露光時の塗膜硬化性とアルカリ現像時のアルカリ溶解性の両立の観点から、例えば、下記一般式(I’)で表される部分構造を有することが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of the coating film curability at the time of ultraviolet exposure, among the resins (c-2-4), (c1) an acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain (hereinafter referred to as (c1) acrylic copolymer resin ) is preferred.
(c1) The partial structure containing a side chain having an ethylenically unsaturated group, which the acrylic copolymer resin has, is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of compatibility between coating film curability during ultraviolet exposure and alkali solubility during alkali development. For example, it preferably has a partial structure represented by the following general formula (I′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式(I’)中、R1’及びR2’は各々独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。*は結合手を表す。 In formula (I'), R 1' and R 2' each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. * represents a bond.
 また、式(I’)で表される部分構造の中でも、感度やアルカリ現像性の観点から、下記一般式(II’)で表される部分構造が好ましい。 Further, among the partial structures represented by formula (I'), partial structures represented by the following general formula (II') are preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity and alkali developability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式(II’)中、R1’及びR2’は各々独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。RXは水素原子又は多塩基酸残基を表す。 In formula (II'), R 1' and R 2' each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R X represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue.
 多塩基酸残基とは、多塩基酸又はその無水物からOH基を1つ除した1価の基を意味する。多塩基酸としては、例えば、マレイン酸、コハク酸、イタコン酸、フタル酸、テトラヒドロフタル酸、ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、ピロメリット酸、トリメリット酸、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸、メチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸、エンドメチレンテトラヒドロフタル酸、クロレンド酸、メチルテトラヒドロフタル酸、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸が挙げられる。
 パターニング特性の観点から、マレイン酸、コハク酸、イタコン酸、フタル酸、テトラヒドロフタル酸、ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、ピロメリット酸、トリメリット酸、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸が好ましく、テトラヒドロフタル酸、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸がより好ましい。
 これらの多塩基酸は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
A polybasic acid residue means a monovalent group obtained by removing one OH group from a polybasic acid or its anhydride. Examples of polybasic acids include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, and endomethylene. Tetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorendic acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid.
From the viewpoint of patterning properties, maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid are preferred, and tetrahydrophthalic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid are preferred. is more preferred.
These polybasic acids may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 (c1)アクリル共重合樹脂が式(I’)で表される部分構造を有する場合、(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂に含まれる、式(I’)で表される部分構造の含有割合は特に限定されないが10モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、30モル%以上がさらに好ましく、40モル%以上がよりさらに好ましく、50モル%以上が特に好ましく、65モル%以上が最も好ましく、また、95モル%以下が好ましく、90モル%以下がより好ましく、85モル%以下がさらに好ましく、80モル%以下がよりさらに好ましく、75モル%以下が特に好ましく、70モル%以下が最も好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで紫外線露光時の塗膜硬化性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることでアルカリ現像時のアルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂に含まれる、式(I’)で表される部分構造の含有割合は10~95モル%が好ましく、20~90モル%がより好ましく、30~85モル%がさらに好ましく、40~80モル%がよりさらに好ましく、50~75モル%が特に好ましく、65~70モル%が最も好ましい。 When the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin has a partial structure represented by the formula (I′), the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (I′) contained in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is particularly Although not limited, it is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, even more preferably 40 mol% or more, particularly preferably 50 mol% or more, and most preferably 65 mol% or more. , Also preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, still more preferably 85 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, particularly preferably 75 mol% or less, most preferably 70 mol% or less . When the content is at least the above lower limit, the coating film curability tends to be improved during exposure to ultraviolet rays, and when the content is at most the above upper limit, the alkali solubility tends to be improved during alkali development. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the partial structure represented by formula (I′) contained in (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin is preferably 10 to 95 mol%, more preferably 20 to 90 mol%, and 30 to 85 mol%. is more preferred, 40 to 80 mol % is even more preferred, 50 to 75 mol % is particularly preferred, and 65 to 70 mol % is most preferred.
 (c1)アクリル共重合樹脂が式(II’)で表される部分構造を有する場合、(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂に含まれる、式(II’)で表される部分構造の含有割合は特に限定されないが、10モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、30モル%以上がさらに好ましく、40モル%以上がよりさらに好ましく、50モル%以上が特に好ましく、65モル%以上が最も好ましく、また、95モル%以下が好ましく、90モル%以下がより好ましく、85モル%以下がさらに好ましく、80モル%以下がよりさらに好ましく、75モル%以下が特に好ましく、70モル%以下が最も好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで紫外線露光時の塗膜硬化性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることでアルカリ現像時のアルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂に含まれる、式(I’)で表される部分構造の含有割合は10~95モル%が好ましく、20~90モル%がより好ましく、30~85モル%がさらに好ましく、40~80モル%がよりさらに好ましく、50~75モル%が特に好ましく、65~70モル%が最も好ましい。 When the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin has a partial structure represented by the formula (II′), the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (II′) contained in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is particularly Although not limited, it is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, even more preferably 40 mol% or more, particularly preferably 50 mol% or more, and most preferably 65 mol% or more. preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, even more preferably 85 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, particularly preferably 75 mol% or less, and most preferably 70 mol% or less. preferable. When the content is at least the above lower limit, the coating film curability tends to be improved during exposure to ultraviolet rays, and when the content is at most the above upper limit, the alkali solubility tends to be improved during alkali development. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the partial structure represented by formula (I′) contained in (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin is preferably 10 to 95 mol%, more preferably 20 to 90 mol%, and 30 to 85 mol%. is more preferred, 40 to 80 mol % is even more preferred, 50 to 75 mol % is particularly preferred, and 65 to 70 mol % is most preferred.
 (c1)アクリル共重合樹脂が式(I’)で表される部分構造を含む場合、他に含まれる部分構造は特に限定されないが、アルカリ現像時のアルカリ溶解性の観点から、例えば、下記一般式(III’)で表される部分構造を有することも好ましい。 (c1) When the acrylic copolymer resin contains a partial structure represented by formula (I′), the other partial structure is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of alkali solubility during alkali development, for example, the following general It is also preferred to have a partial structure represented by formula (III').
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(III’)中、R3’は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、R4’は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基を表す。 In formula (III'), R 3' represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 4' represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aromatic ring group, or It represents an optionally substituted alkenyl group.
(R4’
 式(III’)において、R4’は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基を表す。
 R4’におけるアルキル基としては直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられる。その炭素数は、1以上が好ましく、3以上がより好ましく、5以上がさらに好ましく、8以上が特に好ましく、また、20以下が好ましく、18以下がより好ましく、16以下がさらに好ましく、14以下がよりさらに好ましく、12以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで親油性が向上し、溶剤への溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで親水性が向上し、アルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルキル基の炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~18がより好ましく、3~16がさらに好ましく、5~14がよりさらに好ましく、8~12が特に好ましい。
(R4 ' )
In formula (III'), R 4' is an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aromatic ring group, or an optionally substituted alkenyl group. show.
Alkyl groups for R 4′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkyl groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, particularly preferably 8 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, further preferably 16 or less, and 14 or less. Even more preferably, 12 or less is particularly preferable. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-18, still more preferably 3-16, even more preferably 5-14, and particularly preferably 8-12.
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、ドデカニル基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から、ジシクロペンタニル基、ドデカニル基が好ましく、ジシクロペンタニル基がより好ましい。
 アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシ基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基が好ましい。
Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclopentanyl, and dodecanyl groups. From the viewpoint of developability, a dicyclopentanyl group and a dodecanyl group are preferred, and a dicyclopentanyl group is more preferred.
Substituents that the alkyl group may have include, for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group and carboxy group. , acryloyl group, and methacryloyl group. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
 R4’における芳香族環基としては、1価の芳香族炭化水素環基及び1価の芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。その炭素数は6以上が好ましく、また、24以下が好ましく、22以下がより好ましく、20以下がさらに好ましく、18以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで親油性が向上し、溶剤への溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで親水性が向上し、アルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、芳香族環基の炭素数は6~24が好ましく、6~22がより好ましく、6~20がさらに好ましく、6~18が特に好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素環基における芳香族炭化水素環としては、単環であっても縮合環であってもよく、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環が挙げられる。
 芳香族複素環基における芳香族複素環としては、単環であっても縮合環であってもよく、例えば、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環、アズレン環が挙げられる。
 現像性の観点から、ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基が好ましく、ベンゼン環基がより好ましい。
 芳香族環基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基が好ましい。
The aromatic ring group for R 4′ includes monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups and monovalent aromatic heterocyclic groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 24 or less, more preferably 22 or less, still more preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 18 or less. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the aromatic ring group preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, still more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring.
The aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring, such as furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring and imidazole ring. , oxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furofuran ring, thienofuran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, shinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridine ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring .
From the viewpoint of developability, a benzene ring group and a naphthalene ring group are preferred, and a benzene ring group is more preferred.
Substituents which the aromatic ring group may have include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group and epoxy group. , an oligoethylene glycol group, a phenyl group, and a carboxy group. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
 R4’におけるアルケニル基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルケニル基が挙げられる。その炭素数は、2以上が好ましく、また、22以下が好ましく、20以下がより好ましく、18以下がさらに好ましく、16以下がよりさらに好ましく、14以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで親油性が向上し、溶剤への溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで親水性が向上し、アルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルケニル基の炭素数は2~22が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~18がさらに好ましく、2~16がよりさらに好ましく、2~14が特に好ましい。 Alkenyl groups for R 4′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkenyl groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, even more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, even more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 14 carbon atoms.
 アルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、2-プロペン-2-イル基、2-ブテン-1-イル基、3-ブテン-1-イル基、2-ペンテン-1-イル基、3-ペンテン-2-イル基、ヘキセニル基、シクロブテニル基、シクロペンテニル基、シクロヘキセニルが挙げられる。現像性の観点から、ビニル基、アリル基が好ましく、ビニル基がより好ましい。 Examples of alkenyl groups include vinyl group, allyl group, 2-propen-2-yl group, 2-buten-1-yl group, 3-buten-1-yl group, 2-penten-1-yl group, 3 -penten-2-yl group, hexenyl group, cyclobutenyl group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group. From the viewpoint of developability, a vinyl group and an allyl group are preferred, and a vinyl group is more preferred.
 アルケニル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基が好ましい。 Substituents that the alkenyl group may have include, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a fluoro group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an epoxy group, an oligoethylene glycol group, a phenyl group and a carboxy group. is mentioned. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
 R4’は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基を表し、現像性と膜強度の観点から、アルキル基又はアルケニル基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。 R 4' represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent; from the viewpoint of, an alkyl group or an alkenyl group is preferred, and an alkyl group is more preferred.
 (c1)アクリル共重合樹脂が式(III’)で表される部分構造を有する場合、(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂における式(III’)で表される部分構造の含有割合は特に限定されないが、1モル%以上が好ましく、5モル%以上がより好ましく、10モル%以上がさらに好ましく、20モル%以上が特に好ましく、また、70モル%以下が好ましく、60モル%以下がより好ましく、50モル%以下がさらに好ましく、40モル%以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでアルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで着色樹脂組成物の保存安定性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂における式(III’)で表される部分構造の含有割合は1~70モル%が好ましく、5~60モル%がより好ましく、10~50モル%がさらに好ましく、20~40モル%が特に好ましい。 (c1) When the acrylic copolymer resin has a partial structure represented by the formula (III'), the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (III') in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited. , preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, further preferably 10 mol% or more, particularly preferably 20 mol% or more, preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, 50 mol % or less is more preferable, and 40 mol % or less is particularly preferable. Alkali solubility tends to improve by setting it to the above lower limit or more, and the storage stability of the colored resin composition tends to improve by setting it to the above upper limit or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (III′) in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is preferably 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably 5 to 60 mol%, and even more preferably 10 to 50 mol%. , 20 to 40 mol % are particularly preferred.
 (c1)アクリル共重合樹脂が式(I’)で表される部分構造を含む場合、他に含まれる部分構造として、フタロシアニン化合物(1)と(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂の親和性を向上させることによる、フタロシアニン化合物(1)のアルカリ溶解性の観点から下記一般式(IV’)で表される部分構造が含まれることが好ましい。 (c1) When the acrylic copolymer resin contains a partial structure represented by the formula (I′), the other partial structure included improves the affinity between the phthalocyanine compound (1) and the acrylic copolymer resin (c1). From the standpoint of alkali solubility of the phthalocyanine compound (1), it is preferable that the partial structure represented by the following general formula (IV') is included.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式(IV’)中、R5’は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、R6’は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルキニル基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、チオール基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキルスルフィド基を表す。tは0~5の整数を表す。 In formula (IV'), R 5' represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 6' represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or represents an optionally substituted alkynyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a thiol group, or an optionally substituted alkylsulfide group. t represents an integer of 0 to 5;
(R6’
 式(IV’)においてR6’は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルキニル基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、チオール基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキルスルフィド基を表す。
 R6’におけるアルキル基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられる。その炭素数は、1以上が好ましく、3以上がより好ましく、5以上がさらに好ましく、また、20以下が好ましく、18以下がより好ましく、16以下がさらに好ましく、14以下がよりさらに好ましく、12以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで親油性が向上し、溶剤への溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで親水性が向上し、アルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルキル基の炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~18がより好ましく、3~16がさらに好ましく、3~14がよりさらに好ましく、5~12が特に好ましい。
(R6 ' )
In formula (IV'), R 6' is an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, a thiol group, or an alkylsulfide group which may have a substituent.
Alkyl groups for R 6′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkyl groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 5 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, further preferably 16 or less, even more preferably 14 or less, and 12 or less. is particularly preferred. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-18, still more preferably 3-16, even more preferably 3-14, and particularly preferably 5-12.
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、ドデカニル基が挙げられる。耐熱性の観点から、ジシクロペンタニル基、ドデカニル基が好ましく、ジシクロペンタニル基がより好ましい。
 アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシ基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基が好ましい。
Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclopentanyl, and dodecanyl groups. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, a dicyclopentanyl group and a dodecanyl group are preferred, and a dicyclopentanyl group is more preferred.
Substituents that the alkyl group may have include, for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group and carboxy group. , acryloyl group, and methacryloyl group. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
 R6’におけるアルケニル基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルケニル基が挙げられる。その炭素数は、2以上が好ましく、また、22以下が好ましく、20以下がより好ましく、18以下がさらに好ましく、16以下がよりさらに好ましく、14以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで親油性が向上し、溶剤への溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで親水性が向上し、アルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルケニル基の炭素数は2~22が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~18がさらに好ましく、2~16がよりさらに好ましく、2~14が特に好ましい。 Alkenyl groups for R 6′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkenyl groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, even more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, even more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 14 carbon atoms.
 アルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、2-プロペン-2-イル基、2-ブテン-1-イル基、3-ブテン-1-イル基、2-ペンテン-1-イル基、3-ペンテン-2-イル基、ヘキセニル基、シクロブテニル基、シクロペンテニル基、シクロヘキセニルが挙げられる。紫外線露光時の露光感度の観点から、ビニル基、アリル基が好ましく、ビニル基がより好ましい。 Examples of alkenyl groups include vinyl group, allyl group, 2-propen-2-yl group, 2-buten-1-yl group, 3-buten-1-yl group, 2-penten-1-yl group, 3 -penten-2-yl group, hexenyl group, cyclobutenyl group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group. A vinyl group and an allyl group are preferred, and a vinyl group is more preferred, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity during ultraviolet exposure.
 アルケニル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基が好ましい。 Substituents that the alkenyl group may have include, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a fluoro group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an epoxy group, an oligoethylene glycol group, a phenyl group and a carboxy group. is mentioned. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
 R6’におけるアルキニル基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキニル基が挙げられる。その炭素数は、2以上が好ましく、また、22以下が好ましく、20以下がより好ましく、18以下がさらに好ましく、16以下がよりさらに好ましく、14以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで親油性が向上し、溶剤への溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで親水性が向上し、アルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルキニル基の炭素数は2~22が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~18がさらに好ましく、2~16がよりさらに好ましく、2~14が特に好ましい。 Alkynyl groups for R 6′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkynyl groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, even more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the alkynyl group preferably has 2 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, even more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 14 carbon atoms.
 アルキニル基としては、例えば、1-プロピン-3-イル基、1-ブチン-4-イル基、1-ペンチン-5-イル基、2-メチル-3-ブチン-2-イル基、1,4-ペンタジイン-3-イル基、1,3-ペンタジイン-5-イル基、1-ヘキシン-6-イル基が挙げられる。 Examples of alkynyl groups include 1-propyn-3-yl, 1-butyn-4-yl, 1-pentyn-5-yl, 2-methyl-3-butyn-2-yl, 1,4 -pentadiyn-3-yl group, 1,3-pentadiyn-5-yl group, and 1-hexyn-6-yl group.
 アルキニル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基が好ましい。 Substituents that the alkynyl group may have include, for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group and carboxy group. is mentioned. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
 R6’におけるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂の保存安定性の観点からフッ素原子が好ましい。 Halogen atoms for R 6′ include, for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms. (c1) A fluorine atom is preferable from the viewpoint of the storage stability of the acrylic copolymer resin.
 R6’におけるアルコキシ基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルコキシ基が挙げられる。その炭素数は、1以上が好ましく、また、20以下が好ましく、18以下がより好ましく、16以下がさらに好ましく、14以下がよりさらに好ましく、12以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで親油性が向上し、溶剤への溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで親水性が向上し、アルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルコキシ基の炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~18がより好ましく、1~16がさらに好ましく、1~14がよりさらに好ましく、1~12が特に好ましい。 Alkoxy groups for R 6′ include linear, branched and cyclic alkoxy groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, even more preferably 14 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the alkoxy group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1 to 14 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
 アルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、イソブトキシ基が挙げられる。 Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, and isobutoxy groups.
 アルコキシ基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシ基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基が好ましい。 Substituents that the alkoxy group may have include, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a fluoro group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an epoxy group, an oligoethylene glycol group, a phenyl group, and a carboxy group. , acryloyl group, and methacryloyl group. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
 R6’におけるアルキルスルフィド基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキルスルフィド基が挙げられる。その炭素数は、1以上が好ましく、また、20以下が好ましく、18以下がより好ましく、16以下がさらに好ましく、14以下がよりさらに好ましく、12以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで親油性が向上し、溶剤への溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで親水性が向上し、アルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルキルスルフィド基の炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~18がより好ましく、1~16がさらに好ましく、1~14がよりさらに好ましく、1~12が特に好ましい。 The alkylsulfide group for R 6′ includes linear, branched and cyclic alkylsulfide groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, even more preferably 14 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. be. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the alkylsulfide group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1 to 14 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
 アルキルスルフィド基としては、例えば、メチルスルフィド基、エチルスルフィド基、プロピルスルフィド基、ブチルスルフィド基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から、メチルスルフィド基、エチルスルフィド基が好ましい。 The alkylsulfide group includes, for example, a methylsulfide group, an ethylsulfide group, a propylsulfide group, and a butylsulfide group. A methylsulfide group and an ethylsulfide group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
 アルキルスルフィド基におけるアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシ基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基が挙げられる。現像性の観点画像表示装置から、ヒドロキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基が好ましい。 Examples of substituents that the alkyl group in the alkylsulfide group may have include methoxy, ethoxy, chloro, bromo, fluoro, hydroxy, amino, epoxy, oligoethylene glycol, phenyl group, carboxy group, acryloyl group, and methacryloyl group. A hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the standpoint of developability and an image display device.
 R6’は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルキニル基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシアルキル基、チオール基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキルスルフィド基を表し、現像性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基が好ましく、カルボキシ基がより好ましい。 R 6' is an optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, hydroxy group, carboxy group, halogen atom, alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a thiol group, or an optionally substituted alkylsulfide group, preferably a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, more preferably a carboxy group, from the viewpoint of developability.
 式(IV’)においてtは0~5の整数を表す。製造容易性の観点からはtが0であることが好ましい。  In formula (IV'), t represents an integer of 0 to 5. From the viewpoint of ease of manufacture, t is preferably 0.
 (c1)アクリル共重合樹脂が式(IV’)で表される部分構造を有する場合、(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂における式(IV’)で表される部分構造の含有割合は特に限定されないが、1モル%以上が好ましく、2モル%以上がより好ましく、5モル%以上がさらに好ましく、8モル%以上が特に好ましく、また、50モル%以下が好ましく、40モル%以下がより好ましく、30モル%以下がさらに好ましく、20モル%以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでフタロシアニン化合物(1)と(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂の親和性が向上し、アルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることでその他部分構造の含有割合が増え、アルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂における式(IV’)で表される部分構造の含有割合は1~50モル%が好ましく、2~40モル%がより好ましく、5~30モル%がさらに好ましく、8~20モル%が特に好ましい。 (c1) When the acrylic copolymer resin has a partial structure represented by the formula (IV'), the content ratio of the partial structure represented by the formula (IV') in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited. , preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, further preferably 5 mol% or more, particularly preferably 8 mol% or more, preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, 30 mol % or less is more preferable, and 20 mol % or less is particularly preferable. When the content is at least the lower limit, the affinity between the phthalocyanine compound (1) and the acrylic copolymer resin (c1) is improved, and the alkali solubility tends to be improved. The content ratio of the structure tends to increase, and the alkali solubility tends to improve. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (IV') in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 2 to 40 mol%, and even more preferably 5 to 30 mol%. , 8 to 20 mol % are particularly preferred.
 (c1)アクリル共重合樹脂が式(I’)で表される部分構造を有する場合、他に含まれる部分構造として、現像性の観点から下記一般式(V’)で表される部分構造を有することも好ましい。 (c1) When the acrylic copolymer resin has a partial structure represented by the formula (I'), the partial structure represented by the following general formula (V') is used as another partial structure to be included from the viewpoint of developability. It is also preferable to have
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 式(V’)中、R7’は水素原子又はメチル基を表す。 In formula (V'), R 7' represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 (c1)アクリル共重合樹脂が式(V’)で表される部分構造を有する場合、(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂における式(III’)で表される部分構造の含有割合は特に限定されないが、5モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましく、20モル%以上がさらに好ましく、また、80モル%以下が好ましく70モル%以下がより好ましく、60%モル以下がさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでアルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで着色樹脂組成物の保存安定性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、(c1)アクリル共重合樹脂における式(III’)で表される部分構造の含有割合は5~80モル%が好ましく10~70モル%がより好ましく、20~60%モルがさらに好ましい。 (c1) When the acrylic copolymer resin has a partial structure represented by the formula (V'), the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (III') in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited. , preferably 5 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % or more, still more preferably 20 mol % or more, and preferably 80 mol % or less, more preferably 70 mol % or less, further preferably 60 mol % or less. Alkali solubility tends to improve by setting it to the above lower limit or more, and the storage stability of the colored resin composition tends to improve by setting it to the above upper limit or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the partial structure represented by the formula (III') in the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin is preferably 5 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 70 mol%, and even more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
 (C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は特に限定されないが、10mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、30mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、40mgKOH/g以上がさらに好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上がよりさらに好ましく、60mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましく、また、300mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、250mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下がさらに好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下がよりさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることでアルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで着色樹脂組成物の保存安定性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は10~300mgKOH/gが好ましく、30~300mgKOH/gがより好ましく、40~250mgKOH/gがさらに好ましく、50~200mgKOH/gがよりさらに好ましく、60~150mgKOH/gが特に好ましい。 (C) The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, even more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and 60 mgKOH/g. 300 mgKOH/g or less is preferable, 250 mgKOH/g or less is more preferable, 200 mgKOH/g or less is still more preferable, and 150 mgKOH/g or less is even more preferable. Alkali solubility tends to improve by setting it to the above lower limit or more, and the storage stability of the colored resin composition tends to improve by setting it to the above upper limit or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the acid value of (C) the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10 to 300 mgKOH/g, more preferably 30 to 300 mgKOH/g, still more preferably 40 to 250 mgKOH/g, even more preferably 50 to 200 mgKOH/g, and 60 to 150 mg KOH/g is particularly preferred.
 (C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量は特に限定されないが、好ましくは1000以上、より好ましくは2000以上、さらに好ましくは4000以上、よりさらに好ましくは6000以上、ことさらに好ましくは7000以上、特に好ましくは8000以上であり、また、好ましくは30000以下、より好ましくは20000以下、さらに好ましくは15000以下、特に好ましくは10000以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで耐熱性や塗膜硬化性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることでアルカリ溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量は1000~30000が好ましく、2000~30000がより好ましく、4000~20000がさらに好ましく、6000~20000がよりさらに好ましく、7000~15000がことさら好ましく、8000~10000が特に好ましい。 (C) The weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 2000 or more, still more preferably 4000 or more, even more preferably 6000 or more, even more preferably 7000 or more, and particularly preferably It is 8,000 or more, preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, even more preferably 15,000 or less, and particularly preferably 10,000 or less. When the content is at least the above lower limit, heat resistance and coating film curability tend to improve, and when the content is at most the above upper limit, alkali solubility tends to improve. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, (C) the weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1000 to 30000, more preferably 2000 to 30000, still more preferably 4000 to 20000, even more preferably 6000 to 20000, even more preferably 7000 to 15000, particularly preferably 8000 to 10,000 is particularly preferred.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物における(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有割合は特に限定されないが、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上、よりさらに好ましくは20質量%以上、ことさらに好ましくは25質量%以上、特に好ましくは30質量%以上であり、また、好ましくは80質量%以下、より好ましくは60質量%以下、さらに好ましくは50質量%以下、特に好ましくは40質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることにより、強固な膜が得られ、基板への密着性にも優れる傾向がある。また、前記上限値以下とすることにより、露光部への現像液の浸透性が低く、画素の表面平滑性や感度の悪化を抑制できる傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、着色樹脂組成物における(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有割合は、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に、1~80質量が好ましく、5~80質量%がより好ましく、10~60質量%がさらに好ましく、20~60質量%がよりさらに好ましく、25~50質量%がことさら好ましく、30~40質量%が特に好ましい。 The content of (C) the alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but the total solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further Preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, even more preferably 25% by mass or more, particularly preferably 30% by mass or more, and preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass. Below, more preferably 50% by mass or less, particularly preferably 40% by mass or less. By setting the thickness to the above lower limit or more, a firm film can be obtained, and there is a tendency that the adhesion to the substrate is excellent. In addition, by making it equal to or less than the above upper limit, there is a tendency that the penetration of the developing solution into the exposed portion is low, and deterioration of the surface smoothness and sensitivity of the pixel can be suppressed. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of (C) alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition is preferably 1 to 80% by mass, more preferably 5 to 80% by mass, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, 10 to 60% by mass. is more preferable, 20 to 60% by mass is even more preferable, 25 to 50% by mass is particularly preferable, and 30 to 40% by mass is particularly preferable.
 [1-4](D)光重合開始剤
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は(D)光重合開始剤を含有する。(D)光重合開始剤を含有することで光重合による膜硬化性を得ることができる。
 (D)光重合開始剤は、加速剤(連鎖移動剤)及び必要に応じて添加される増感色素等の付加剤との混合物(光重合開始系)として用いることもできる。光重合開始系は、光を直接吸収し、或いは光増感されて分解反応又は水素引き抜き反応を起こし、重合活性ラジカルを発生する機能を有する成分である。
[1-4] (D) Photopolymerization Initiator The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (D) a photopolymerization initiator. (D) By containing a photopolymerization initiator, it is possible to obtain film curability by photopolymerization.
(D) The photopolymerization initiator can also be used as a mixture (photopolymerization initiation system) with an accelerator (chain transfer agent) and an optional additive such as a sensitizing dye. The photopolymerization initiation system is a component that directly absorbs light or is photosensitized to cause a decomposition reaction or a hydrogen abstraction reaction to generate polymerization active radicals.
 光重合開始剤としては、例えば、日本国特開昭59-152396号、日本国特開昭61-151197号各公報に記載のチタノセン化合物を含むメタロセン化合物や、日本国特開平10-39503号公報に記載のヘキサアリールビイミダゾール誘導体、ハロメチル-s-トリアジン誘導体、N-フェニルグリシン等のN-アリール-α-アミノ酸類、N-アリール-α-アミノ酸塩類、N-アリール-α-アミノ酸エステル類等のラジカル活性剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン系化合物、日本国特開2000-80068号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル系開始剤が挙げられる。 Examples of photopolymerization initiators include metallocene compounds including titanocene compounds described in JP-A-59-152396 and JP-A-61-151197, and JP-A-10-39503. hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives, halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives, N-aryl-α-amino acids such as N-phenylglycine, N-aryl-α-amino acid salts, N-aryl-α-amino acid esters, etc. radical activators, α-aminoalkylphenone compounds, and oxime ester initiators described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-80068.
 本発明で用いることができる光重合開始剤の具体的な例を以下に列挙する。
 2-(4-メトキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-メトキシナフチル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-エトキシナフチル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-エトキシカルボニルナフチル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン等のハロメチル化トリアジン誘導体;
Specific examples of photopolymerization initiators that can be used in the present invention are listed below.
2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4 -ethoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-ethoxycarbonylnaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, and other halomethylated triazine derivatives;
 2-トリクロロメチル-5-(2’-ベンゾフリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-〔β-(2’-ベンゾフリル)ビニル〕-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-〔β-(2’-(6’’-ベンゾフリル)ビニル)〕-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5一フリル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール等のハロメチル化オキサジアゾール誘導体;
 2-(2’-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダソール2量体、2-(2’-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ビス(3’-メトキシフェニル)イミダゾール2量体、2-(2’-フルオロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール2量体、2-(2’-メトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール2量体、(4’-メトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール2量体等のイミダゾール誘導体;
 ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインフェニルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル等のベンゾインアルキルエーテル類;
 2-メチルアントラキノン、2-エチルアントラキノン、2-t-ブチルアントラキノン、1-クロロアントラキノン等のアントラキノン誘導体;
2-trichloromethyl-5-(2'-benzofuryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2'-benzofuryl)vinyl]-1,3,4-oxa diazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2′-(6″-benzofuryl)vinyl)]-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-furyl-1,3 halomethylated oxadiazole derivatives such as ,4-oxadiazole;
2-(2′-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2′-chlorophenyl)-4,5-bis(3′-methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-( 2'-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, (4'-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl imidazole derivatives such as imidazole dimers;
benzoin alkyl ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin phenyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether;
anthraquinone derivatives such as 2-methylanthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-t-butylanthraquinone, 1-chloroanthraquinone;
 ベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーズケトン、2-メチルベンゾフェノン、3-メチルベンゾフェノン、4-メチルベンゾフェノン、2-クロロベンゾフェノン、4-ブロモベンゾフェノン、2-カルボキシベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン誘導体;
 2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン、2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、1-ヒドロキシシクロへキシルフェニルケトン、α-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルフェニルプロパノン、1-ヒドロキシ-1-メチルエチル-(p-イソプロピルフェニル)ケトン、1-ヒドロキシ-1-(p-ドデシルフェニル)ケトン、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、1,1,1-トリクロロメチル-(p一ブチルフェニル)ケトン等のアセトフェノン誘導体;
 チオキサントン、2-エチルチオキサントン、2-イソプロピルチオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、2、4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサントン等のチオキサントン誘導体;
benzophenone derivatives such as benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone;
2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, α-hydroxy-2-methylphenylpropanone, 1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl-(p -isopropylphenyl)ketone, 1-hydroxy-1-(p-dodecylphenyl)ketone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 1,1,1 - Acetophenone derivatives such as trichloromethyl-(p-butylphenyl)ketone;
Thioxanthone derivatives such as thioxanthone, 2-ethylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, and 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone;
 p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、p-ジエチルアミノ安息香酸エチル等の安息香酸エステル誘導体;
 9-フェニルアクリジン、9-(p-メトキシフェニル)アクリジン等のアクリジン誘導体;
 9,10-ジメチルベンズフェナジン等のフェナジン誘導体;
 ベンズアンスロン等のアンスロン誘導体;
 ジシクロペンタジエニル-Ti-ジクロライド、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-フェニル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-2,3,4,5,6-ペンタフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-2,3,5,6-テトラフルオロフェニル-1-イル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-2,4,6-トリフルオロフェニ-1-イル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-2,6-ジプルオロフェニ-1-イル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-2,4-ジフルオロフェニ-1-イル、ジメチルシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-2,3,4,5,6-ペンタフルオロフェニ-1-イル、ジメチルシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-ビス-2,6-ジフルオロフェニ-1-イル、ジシクロペンタジェニル-Ti-2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(ピル-1-イル)-フェニ-1-イル等のチタノセン誘導体;
Benzoic acid ester derivatives such as ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate and ethyl p-diethylaminobenzoate;
acridine derivatives such as 9-phenylacridine and 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)acridine;
phenazine derivatives such as 9,10-dimethylbenzphenazine;
anthrone derivatives such as benzanthrone;
dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-phenyl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl, dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl, dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-bis-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl-1-yl, Dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-2,6-dipurorophen-1-yl, Dicyclopentagenyl-Ti-2,4-difluorophen-1-yl, Dimethylcyclopentagenyl-Ti-bis-2,3 ,4,5,6-pentafluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl-Ti-bis-2,6-difluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl-Ti-2,6-difluoro- titanocene derivatives such as 3-(pyrr-1-yl)-phenyl-1-yl;
 2-メチル-1[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン、4-ジメチルアミノエチルベンゾエ-ト、4-ジメチルアミノイソアミルベンゾエ-ト、4-ジエチルアミノアセトフェノン、4-ジメチルアミノプロピオフェノン、2-エチルヘキシル-1,4-ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、2,5-ビス(4-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロヘキサノン、7-ジエチルアミノ-3-(4-ジエチルアミノベンゾイル)クマリン、4-(ジエチルアミノ)カルコン等のα-アミノアルキルフェノン系化合物;
 1,2-オクタンジオン-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)エタノン、1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-1-(O-アセチルオキシム)等のオキシムエステル系化合物。
2-methyl-1[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butanone-1,2-benzyl -2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butan-1-one, 4-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, 4-dimethylaminoisoamyl benzoate, 4-diethylaminoacetophenone, 4-dimethylamino Propiophenone, 2-ethylhexyl-1,4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2,5-bis(4-diethylaminobenzal)cyclohexanone, 7-diethylamino-3-(4-diethylaminobenzoyl)coumarin, 4-(diethylamino)chalcone α-aminoalkylphenone compounds such as;
1,2-octanedione-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-2-(O-benzoyloxime)ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazole-3- oxime ester compounds such as yl]-1-(O-acetyloxime);
 感度及び表面性状の観点から、オキシムエステル系化合物(オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤)が好ましい。
 オキシムエステル系化合物は、その構造の中に紫外線を吸収する構造と光エネルギーを伝達する構造とラジカルを発生する構造を併せ持っているために、少量で感度が高く、かつ熱反応に対しては安定であり、少量で高感度な着色樹脂組成物の設計が可能である。特に、露光光源のi線(365nm)に対する光吸収性の観点から、置換基を有していてもよいカルバゾール環を有するオキシムエステル系化合物が好ましい。
From the viewpoint of sensitivity and surface properties, oxime ester compounds (oxime ester photopolymerization initiators) are preferred.
Oxime ester compounds have a structure that absorbs ultraviolet light, a structure that transmits light energy, and a structure that generates radicals, so they are highly sensitive even in small amounts and are stable against thermal reactions. , and it is possible to design a highly sensitive colored resin composition in a small amount. In particular, an oxime ester compound having a carbazole ring which may have a substituent is preferable from the viewpoint of light absorption with respect to the i-line (365 nm) of the exposure light source.
 オキシムエステル系化合物としては、例えば、下記一般式(I-1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of oxime ester compounds include compounds represented by the following general formula (I-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 式(I-1)中、R21aは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基を表す。
 R21bは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を含む任意の置換基を表す。
 R22aは、置換基を有していてもよいアルカノイル基、又は、置換基を有していてもよいアロイル基を表す。
In formula (I-1), R 21a represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aromatic ring group.
R 21b represents any substituent containing an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
R 22a represents an optionally substituted alkanoyl group or an optionally substituted aroyl group.
 R21aにおけるアルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶剤への溶解性や露光に対する感度の観点から、好ましくは1以上、より好ましくは2以上、また、好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは15以下、さらに好ましくは10以下、特に好ましくは5以下である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルキル基の炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましく、1~5がよりさらに好ましく、2~5が特に好ましい。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、シクロペンチルエチル基、プロピル基が挙げられる。
 アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、芳香族環基、水酸基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、アミド基、4-(2-メトキシ-1-メチル)エトキシ-2-メチルフェニル基、N-アセチル-N-アセトキシアミノ基が挙げられる。合成容易性の観点から、無置換であることが好ましい。
Although the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R 21a is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, from the viewpoint of solubility in solvents and sensitivity to exposure. , more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 5 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, even more preferably 1-10, even more preferably 1-5, and particularly preferably 2-5.
Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopentylethyl, and propyl groups.
Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include an aromatic ring group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an amide group, 4-(2-methoxy-1-methyl)ethoxy-2- Examples include a methylphenyl group and an N-acetyl-N-acetoxyamino group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably unsubstituted.
 R21aにおける芳香族環基としては、芳香族炭化水素環基及び芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。芳香族環基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、着色樹脂組成物への溶解性の観点から5以上であることが好ましい。また、現像性の観点から30以下であることが好ましく、20以下であることがより好ましく、12以下であることがさらに好ましく、8以下であることが特に好ましい。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、芳香族環基の炭素数は、5~30が好ましく、5~20がより好ましく、5~12がさらに好ましく、5~8が特に好ましい。 The aromatic ring group for R 21a includes aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups. Although the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 5 or more from the viewpoint of solubility in the colored resin composition. From the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, even more preferably 12 or less, and particularly preferably 8 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the aromatic ring group preferably has 5 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 5 to 20 carbon atoms, still more preferably 5 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 5 to 8 carbon atoms.
 芳香族環基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ピリジル基、フリル基、フルオレニル基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フルオレニル基が好ましく、フェニル基、フルオレニル基がより好ましい。
 芳香族環基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、アミド基、アルキル基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から水酸基、カルボキシ基が好ましく、カルボキシ基がより好ましい。置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基や置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基における置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基が挙げられる。現像性の観点から、R21aとしては置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基が好ましく、無置換のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基がさらに好ましい。
Examples of aromatic ring groups include phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, furyl, and fluorenyl groups. From the viewpoint of developability, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and a fluorenyl group are preferable, and a phenyl group and a fluorenyl group are more preferable.
Examples of substituents that the aromatic ring group may have include, for example, a hydroxyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, An amino group, an amido group, and an alkyl group can be mentioned. A hydroxyl group and a carboxy group are preferable, and a carboxy group is more preferable from the viewpoint of developability. Examples of substituents in the optionally substituted alkyl group and the optionally substituted alkoxy group include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of developability, R 21a is preferably an optionally substituted alkyl group, more preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group, and still more preferably a methyl group.
 R21bは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を含む任意の置換基である。溶剤への溶解性や露光に対する感度の観点から、置換基を有していてもよいカルバゾリル基、置換基を有していてもよいチオキサントニル基、置換基を有していてもよいジフェニルスルフィド基、置換基を有してもよいフルオレニル基、これらの基とカルボニル基とを連結した基が好ましい。露光光源のi線(365nm)に対する光吸収性の観点から、置換基を有していてもよいカルバゾリル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいカルバゾリル基とカルボニル基を連結した基が好ましい。 R 21b is any substituent containing an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. From the viewpoint of solubility in solvents and sensitivity to exposure, a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent, a thioxanthonyl group which may have a substituent, a diphenyl sulfide group which may have a substituent, A fluorenyl group which may have a substituent and a group in which these groups are linked to a carbonyl group are preferred. From the viewpoint of light absorption for the i-line (365 nm) of the exposure light source, a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent or a group in which a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent and a carbonyl group are linked.
 カルバゾリル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基等の炭素数1~10のアルキル基;メトキシ基、エトキシ基などの炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基;F、Cl、Br、Iなどのハロゲン原子;炭素数1~10のアシル基;炭素数1~10のアルキルエステル基;炭素数1~10のアルコキシカルボニル基;炭素数1~10のハロゲン化アルキル基;炭素数4~10の芳香族環基;アミノ基;炭素数1~10のアミノアルキル基;水酸基;ニトロ基;CN基;置換基を有していてもよいアロイル基;置換基を有していてもよいヘテロアロイル基;置換基を有していてもよいテノイル基が挙げられる。 Substituents that the carbazolyl group may have include, for example, alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl group and ethyl group; alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methoxy group and ethoxy group; Halogen atoms such as Cl, Br, I; acyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; alkyl ester groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; alkoxycarbonyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; halogenated alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; Aromatic ring group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms; Amino group; Aminoalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; Hydroxyl group; Nitro group; CN group; a heteroaroyl group which may be substituted; and a thenoyl group which may have a substituent.
 R22aにおけるアルカノイル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶剤への溶解性や感度の観点から、好ましくは2以上、より好ましくは3以上、また、好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは15以下、さらに好ましくは10以下、特に好ましくは5以下である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルカノイル基の炭素数は2~20が好ましく、2~15がより好ましく、2~10がさらに好ましく、2~5がよりさらに好ましく、3~5が特に好ましい。
 アルカノイル基としては、例えば、アセチル基、エチロイル基、プロパノイル基、ブタノイル基が挙げられる。
 アルカノイル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、芳香族環基、水酸基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、アミド基が挙げられ、合成容易性の観点からは、無置換であることが好ましい。
Although the number of carbon atoms in the alkanoyl group in R 22a is not particularly limited, it is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and further preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and sensitivity. It is preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 5 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the alkanoyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, even more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 3 to 5 carbon atoms.
Alkanoyl groups include, for example, an acetyl group, an ethyloyl group, a propanoyl group, and a butanoyl group.
Examples of substituents that the alkanoyl group may have include an aromatic ring group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group, and an amide group. is preferred.
 R22aにおけるアロイル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶剤への溶解性や感度の観点から、好ましくは7以上、より好ましくは8以上、また、好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは15以下、さらに好ましくは10以下である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アロイル基の炭素数は7~20が好ましく、7~15がより好ましく、7~10がさらに好ましく、8~10が特に好ましい。
 アロイル基としては、例えば、ベンゾイル基、ナフトイル基が挙げられる。
 アロイル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、アミド基、アルキル基が挙げられ、合成容易性の観点からは、無置換であることが好ましい。
Although the number of carbon atoms in the aroyl group in R 22a is not particularly limited, it is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and further preferably 7 or more, more preferably 8 or more, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and sensitivity. It is preferably 10 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the aroyl group is preferably 7-20, more preferably 7-15, even more preferably 7-10, and particularly preferably 8-10.
The aroyl group includes, for example, a benzoyl group and a naphthoyl group.
Substituents that the aroyl group may have include, for example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an amide group, and an alkyl group. preferable.
 式(I-1)で表される化合物として、露光光源のi線(365nm)に対する光吸収性の観点から、下記一般式(I-2)又は(I-3)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (I-1) include compounds represented by the following general formula (I-2) or (I-3) from the viewpoint of light absorption with respect to the i-line (365 nm) of the exposure light source. be done.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 式(I-2)及び式(I-3)中、R21a及びR22aは、式(I-1)と同義である。
 R23aは、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。
 R24aは、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアロイル基、置換基を有していてもよいヘテロアロイル基、又はニトロ基を表す。
 カルバゾール環を構成するベンゼン環は、さらに芳香族環によって縮合されて多環芳香族環となっていてもよい。
In formulas (I-2) and (I-3), R 21a and R 22a are the same as in formula (I-1).
R 23a represents an optionally substituted alkyl group.
R 24a represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aroyl group, an optionally substituted heteroaroyl group, or a nitro group.
The benzene ring constituting the carbazole ring may be further condensed with an aromatic ring to form a polycyclic aromatic ring.
 R23aにおけるアルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶剤への溶解性の観点から、好ましくは1以上、より好ましくは2以上、また、好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは15以下、さらに好ましくは10以下、特に好ましくは5以下である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルキル基の炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましく、1~5がよりさらに好ましく、2~5が特に好ましい。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。
 アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、フェニル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシル基、ニトロ基が挙げられる。合成容易性の観点から、無置換であることが好ましい。
 R23aとしては、溶剤への溶解性と合成容易性の観点から、エチル基であることがより好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R 23a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and still more preferably It is 10 or less, particularly preferably 5 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, even more preferably 1-10, even more preferably 1-5, and particularly preferably 2-5.
Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and cyclohexyl groups.
Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably unsubstituted.
R 23a is more preferably an ethyl group from the viewpoint of solubility in solvents and ease of synthesis.
 R24aにおけるアルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶剤への溶解性の観点から、好ましくは1以上、より好ましくは2以上、また、好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは15以下、さらに好ましくは10以下、特に好ましくは5以下である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アルキル基の炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましく、1~5がよりさらに好ましく、2~5が特に好ましい。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。
 アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、フェニル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシル基、ニトロ基が挙げられる。合成容易性の観点から、無置換であることが好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R 24a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and still more preferably It is 10 or less, particularly preferably 5 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, even more preferably 1-10, even more preferably 1-5, and particularly preferably 2-5.
Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and cyclohexyl groups.
Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably unsubstituted.
 R24aにおけるアロイル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶剤への溶解性の観点から、好ましくは7以上、より好ましくは8以上、さらに好ましくは9以上、また、好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは15以下、さらに好ましくは10以下、特に好ましくは9以下である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、アロイル基の炭素数は7~20が好ましく、8~15がより好ましく、9~10がさらに好ましく、9が特に好ましい。
 アロイル基としては、例えば、ベンゾイル基、ナフトイル基が挙げられる。
 アロイル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、フェニル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシル基、ニトロ基が挙げられる。合成容易性の観点から、エチル基であることが好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the aroyl group in R 24a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 8 or more, still more preferably 9 or more, and more preferably 20 or less, and more preferably It is 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 9 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the aroyl group preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 15 carbon atoms, still more preferably 9 to 10 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 9 carbon atoms.
The aroyl group includes, for example, a benzoyl group and a naphthoyl group.
Substituents that the aroyl group may have include, for example, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably an ethyl group.
 R24aにおけるヘテロアロイル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、溶剤への溶解性の観点から、好ましくは7以上、より好ましくは8以上、さらに好ましくは9以上、また、好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは15以下、さらに好ましくは10以下、特に好ましくは9以下である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、ヘテロアロイル基の炭素数は7~20が好ましく、8~15がより好ましく、9~10がさらに好ましく、9が特に好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、フルオロベンゾイル基、クロロベンゾイル基、ブロモベンゾイル基、フルオロナフトイル基、クロロナフトイル基、ブロモナフトイル基が挙げられる。
 ヘテロアロイル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、フェニル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシル基、ニトロ基が挙げられる。合成容易性の観点から、無置換であることが好ましい。
 R24aとしては、感度の観点から、置換基を有していてもよいアロイル基が好ましく、ベンゾイル基がより好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the heteroaroyl group in R 24a is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 8 or more, still more preferably 9 or more, and more preferably 20 or less, more preferably It is 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 9 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the heteroaroyl group preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 15 carbon atoms, still more preferably 9 to 10 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 9 carbon atoms.
Heteroaryl groups include, for example, fluorobenzoyl, chlorobenzoyl, bromobenzoyl, fluoronaphthoyl, chloronaphthoyl, and bromonaphthoyl groups.
Examples of substituents that the heteroaroyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably unsubstituted.
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 24a is preferably an optionally substituted aroyl group, more preferably a benzoyl group.
 カルバゾール環を構成するベンゼン環は、さらに芳香族環によって縮合されて多環芳香族環となっていてもよい。 The benzene ring constituting the carbazole ring may be further condensed with an aromatic ring to form a polycyclic aromatic ring.
 オキシムエステル系化合物の市販品として、例えば、BASF社製のOXE-02、OXE-03、常州強力電子新材料社製のTR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-314、ADEKA社製のN-1919、NCI-930、NCI-831が挙げられる。 Commercial products of oxime ester compounds include, for example, OXE-02 and OXE-03 manufactured by BASF, TR-PBG-304 and TR-PBG-314 manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials, and N-1919 manufactured by ADEKA. , NCI-930, and NCI-831.
 オキシムエステル系化合物として、具体的には以下の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of oxime ester compounds include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 これらの光重合開始剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 These photopolymerization initiators may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 (D)光重合開始剤に加えて、さらに連鎖移動剤を用いてもよい。連鎖移動剤とは、発生したラジカルを受け取り、受け取ったラジカルを他の化合物に受け渡す機能を有する化合物である。
 連鎖移動剤としては、上記機能を有する化合物であれば種々の連鎖移動剤を用いることができるが、例えば、メルカプト基含有化合物や、四塩化炭素が挙げられ、連鎖移動効果が高い傾向があることからメルカプト基含有化合物を用いることがより好ましい。S-H結合エネルギーが小さいことによって結合開裂が起こりやすく、水素引きぬき反応や連鎖移動反応を起こしやすいためであると考えられる。感度向上や表面硬化性に有効である。
(D) In addition to the photopolymerization initiator, a chain transfer agent may be used. A chain transfer agent is a compound that has the function of receiving a generated radical and transferring the received radical to another compound.
As the chain transfer agent, various chain transfer agents can be used as long as they are compounds having the above functions. Examples include mercapto group-containing compounds and carbon tetrachloride, which tend to have a high chain transfer effect. Therefore, it is more preferable to use a mercapto group-containing compound. This is probably because bond cleavage is likely to occur due to the small SH bond energy, and hydrogen abstraction reaction and chain transfer reaction are likely to occur. Effective in improving sensitivity and surface curability.
 メルカプト基含有化合物としては、例えば、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、3-メルカプト-1,2,4-トリアゾール、2-メルカプト-4(3H)-キナゾリン、β-メルカプトナフタレン、1,4-ジメチルメルカプトベンゼン等の芳香族環を有するメルカプト基含有化合物;へキサンジチオール、デカンジチオール、ブタンジオールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ブタンジオールビスチオグリコレート、エチレングリコールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、エチレングリコールビスチオグリコレート、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、トリメチロールプロパントリスチオグリコレート、トリスヒドロキシエチルトリスチオプロピオネート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールトリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ブタンジオールビス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、エチレングリコールビス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールトリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン等の脂肪族系のメルカプト基含有化合物が挙げられる。表面平滑性の観点から、メルカプト基を複数有する化合物が好ましい。 Mercapto group-containing compounds include, for example, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 3-mercapto-1,2,4-triazole, 2-mercapto-4(3H)-quinazoline, Mercapto group-containing compounds having an aromatic ring such as β-mercaptonaphthalene and 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene; Ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), ethylene glycol bisthioglycolate, trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tristhioglycolate, trishydroxyethyl tristhiopropionate, penta Erythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptopropionate), butanediol bis (3-mercaptobutyrate), ethylene glycol bis (3-mercaptobutyrate), trimethylolpropane tris ( 3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl)-1,3,5 -triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione and other aliphatic mercapto group-containing compounds. A compound having a plurality of mercapto groups is preferable from the viewpoint of surface smoothness.
 芳香族環を有するメルカプト基含有化合物としては、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾールが好ましく、脂肪族系のメルカプト基含有化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールトリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールトリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオンが好ましい。 As the mercapto group-containing compound having an aromatic ring, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole are preferable, and as the aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), Pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione are preferred.
 感度の面からは、脂肪族系のメルカプト基含有化合物が好ましく、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールトリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールトリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオンが好ましく、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)がより好ましい。
 これらの連鎖移動剤は1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, aliphatic mercapto group-containing compounds are preferred, and trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pionate), trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris (3-mercaptobutyl oxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione is preferred, pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate ) is more preferred.
These chain transfer agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物において、(D)光重合開始剤の含有割合は特に限定されないが、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に1質量%以上が好ましく、2質量%以上がより好ましく、3質量%以上がさらに好ましく、4質量%以上が特に好ましく、また、15質量%以下が好ましく、10質量%以下がより好ましく、8質量%以下がさらに好ましく、6質量%以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像後のパターニング特性を確保できる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで光重合開始剤過剰添加による透過率低下が抑制される傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、着色樹脂組成物において、(D)光重合開始剤の含有割合は、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に1~15質量%が好ましく、2~10質量%がより好ましく、3~8質量%がさらに好ましく、4~6質量%が特に好ましい。
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物が連鎖移動剤を含有する場合、その含有割合は特に限定されないが、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に0.1質量%以上が好ましく、0.2質量%以上がより好ましく、0.3質量%以上がさらに好ましく、0.4質量%以上が特に好ましく、また、5質量%以下が好ましく、3質量%以下がより好ましく、2質量%以下がさらに好ましく、1質量%以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで耐溶剤性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで保存安定性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、着色樹脂組成物が連鎖移動剤を含有する場合、その含有割合は、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に0.1~5質量%が好ましく、0.2~3質量%がより好ましく、0.3~2質量%がさらに好ましく、0.4~1質量%が特に好ましい。
In the colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of (D) the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, preferably 1% by mass or more in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, more preferably 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more is more preferable, 4% by mass or more is particularly preferable, 15% by mass or less is preferable, 10% by mass or less is more preferable, 8% by mass or less is more preferable, and 6% by mass or less is particularly preferable. When the amount is at least the lower limit, the patterning properties after development tend to be ensured, and when the amount is at most the upper limit, a decrease in transmittance due to excessive addition of the photopolymerization initiator tends to be suppressed. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, in the colored resin composition, the content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) is preferably 1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 2 to 10% by mass, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, 3 to 8 % by mass is more preferred, and 4 to 6% by mass is particularly preferred.
When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a chain transfer agent, the content is not particularly limited, but preferably 0.1% by mass or more in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, 0.2% by mass or more is more preferably 0.3% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.4% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, further preferably 2% by mass or less, and 1 % by mass or less is particularly preferred. When the content is at least the lower limit, the solvent resistance tends to be improved, and when the content is at most the upper limit, the storage stability tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, when the colored resin composition contains a chain transfer agent, the content is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 3% by mass, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. , more preferably 0.3 to 2% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.4 to 1% by mass.
[1-5](E)光重合性モノマー
 (E)光重合性モノマーは、重合可能な低分子化合物であれば特に制限はないが、エチレン性二重結合を少なくとも1つ有する付加重合可能な化合物(以下、「エチレン性化合物」と称す。)が好ましい。エチレン性化合物とは、本発明の着色樹脂組成物が活性光線の照射を受けた場合、光重合開始剤の作用により付加重合し、硬化するようなエチレン性二重結合を有する化合物である。なお、本発明における単量体は、いわゆる高分子物質に相対する概念を意味し、狭義の単量体以外に二量体、三量体、オリゴマーも含有する概念を意味する。
 本発明においては、特に、1分子中にエチレン性二重結合を2個以上有する多官能エチレン性単量体を使用することが望ましい。多官能エチレン性単量体が有するエチレン性二重結合の数は特に限定されないが、好ましくは2個以上であり、より好ましくは4個以上であり、さらに好ましくは5個以上であり、また、好ましくは8個以下であり、より好ましくは7個以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで高感度となる傾向があり、前記上限値以下とすることで溶剤への溶解性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、多官能エチレン性単量体が有するエチレン性二重結合の数は2~8が好ましく、2~7がより好ましく、4~7がさらに好ましく、5~7が特に好ましい。
[1-5] (E) Photopolymerizable monomer (E) Photopolymerizable monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymerizable low-molecular-weight compound, but is capable of addition polymerization having at least one ethylenic double bond Compounds (hereinafter referred to as "ethylenic compounds") are preferred. The ethylenic compound is a compound having an ethylenic double bond such that when the colored resin composition of the present invention is irradiated with actinic rays, it undergoes addition polymerization and cures due to the action of a photopolymerization initiator. In addition, the monomer in the present invention means a concept corresponding to a so-called polymer substance, and means a concept including dimers, trimers, and oligomers in addition to monomers in a narrow sense.
In the present invention, it is particularly desirable to use polyfunctional ethylenic monomers having two or more ethylenic double bonds in one molecule. The number of ethylenic double bonds possessed by the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 4 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and The number is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 7 or less. When the content is at least the lower limit, the sensitivity tends to be high, and when the content is at or below the upper limit, the solubility in a solvent tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of ethylenic double bonds possessed by the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer is preferably 2-8, more preferably 2-7, still more preferably 4-7, and particularly preferably 5-7.
 エチレン性化合物としては、例えば、不飽和カルボン酸、不飽和カルボン酸とモノヒドロキシ化合物とのエステル、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステル、芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステル、不飽和カルボン酸と多価カルボン酸及び前述の脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物、芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物等の多価ヒドロキシ化合物とのエステル化反応により得られるエステル、ポリイソシアネート化合物と(メタ)アクリロイル含有ヒドロキシ化合物とを反応させたウレタン骨格を有するエチレン性化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of ethylenic compounds include unsaturated carboxylic acids, esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and monohydroxy compounds, esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids, and aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids. esters, esters obtained by esterification reaction with unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyvalent carboxylic acids and polyvalent hydroxy compounds such as the above-mentioned aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and aromatic polyhydroxy compounds, polyisocyanate compounds and (meth)acryloyl An ethylenic compound having a urethane skeleton reacted with a containing hydroxy compound can be mentioned.
 脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルとしては、例えば、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、グリセロールアクリレート等のアクリル酸エステルが挙げられる。また、これらアクリレートのアクリル酸部分を、メタクリル酸部分に代えたメタクリル酸エステル、イタコン酸部分に代えたイタコン酸エステル、クロトン酸部分に代えたクロトン酸エステル、又は、マレイン酸部分に代えたマレイン酸エステルが挙げられる。 Examples of esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylol ethane triacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, and pentaerythritol triacrylate. , pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and glycerol acrylate. In addition, the acrylic acid moiety of these acrylates may be replaced with a methacrylic acid ester, an itaconic acid ester with an itaconic acid moiety, a crotonic acid ester with a crotonic acid moiety, or a maleic acid moiety with a maleic acid moiety. esters.
 芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルとしては、例えば、ハイドロキノンジアクリレート、ハイドロキノンジメタクリレート、レゾルシンジアクリレート、レゾルシンジメタクリレート、ピロガロールトリアクリレートが挙げられる。
 不飽和カルボン酸と多価カルボン酸及び多価ヒドロキシ化合物とのエステル化反応により得られるエステルは、必ずしも単一物ではなく、混合物であってもよい。例えば、アクリル酸、フタル酸及びエチレングリコールの縮合物、アクリル酸、マレイン酸及びジエチレングリコールの縮合物、メタクリル酸、テレフタル酸及びペンタエリスリトールの縮合物、アクリル酸、アジピン酸、ブタンジオール及びグリセリンの縮合物が挙げられる。
Esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include, for example, hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcin diacrylate, resorcin dimethacrylate, and pyrogallol triacrylate.
The ester obtained by the esterification reaction of the unsaturated carboxylic acid with the polyvalent carboxylic acid and the polyvalent hydroxy compound is not necessarily a single substance, and may be a mixture. For example, condensates of acrylic acid, phthalic acid and ethylene glycol, condensates of acrylic acid, maleic acid and diethylene glycol, condensates of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid and pentaerythritol, condensates of acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol and glycerol. is mentioned.
 ポリイソシアネート化合物と(メタ)アクリロイル基含有ヒドロキシ化合物とを反応させたウレタン骨格を有するエチレン性化合物としては、例えば、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ジイソシアネート;シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート等の脂環式ジイソシアネート;トリレンジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート等の芳香族ジイソシアネート等と、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、3-ヒドロキシ(1,1,1-トリアクリロイルオキシメチル)プロパン、3-ヒドロキシ(1,1,1-トリメタクリロイルオキシメチル)プロパン等の(メタ)アクリロイル基含有ヒドロキシ化合物との反応物が挙げられる。 Examples of ethylenic compounds having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound with a (meth)acryloyl group-containing hydroxy compound include aliphatic diisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate and trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate; cyclohexane diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate; Alicyclic diisocyanates; aromatic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate and diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxy(1,1,1-triacryloyloxymethyl)propane, Examples include reaction products with (meth)acryloyl group-containing hydroxy compounds such as hydroxy(1,1,1-trimethacryloyloxymethyl)propane.
 その他、本発明に用いられるエチレン性化合物としては、例えば、エチレンビスアクリルアミド等のアクリルアミド類;フタル酸ジアリル等のアリルエステル類;ジビニルフタレート等のビニル基含有化合物が挙げられる。
 エチレン性化合物は酸価を有するモノマーであってもよい。酸価を有するモノマーとしては、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルであり、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシ基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせた多官能モノマーが好ましく、このエステルにおいて、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトール及び/又はジペンタエリスリトールである多官能モノマーが特に好ましい。
Other examples of the ethylenic compound used in the present invention include acrylamides such as ethylenebisacrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; and vinyl group-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate.
The ethylenic compound may be a monomer having an acid number. The monomer having an acid value is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to convert the acid group. Polyfunctional monomers are preferred, and in this ester, polyfunctional monomers in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol are particularly preferred.
 これらのモノマーは1種を単独で用いてもよいが、製造上、単一の化合物を用いることは難しいことから、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。また、必要に応じてモノマーとして酸基を有しない多官能モノマーと酸基を有する多官能モノマーを併用してもよい。
 酸基を有する多官能モノマーの好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。前記下限値以上とすることで現像溶解特性を良好なものとすることができる傾向があり、前記上限値以下とすることで製造や取扱いが良好になり光重合性能、画素の表面平滑性等の硬化性を良好にしやすい傾向がある。従って、異なる酸基の多官能モノマーを2種以上併用する場合、あるいは酸基を有しない多官能モノマーを併用する場合、全体の多官能モノマーとしての酸基が上記範囲に入るように調整することが好ましい。
One of these monomers may be used alone, but since it is difficult to use a single compound in terms of production, two or more of them may be used in combination. Moreover, you may use together the polyfunctional monomer which does not have an acid group, and the polyfunctional monomer which has an acid group as a monomer as needed.
A preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. When it is at least the above lower limit, there is a tendency that development dissolution characteristics can be improved, and when it is at most the above upper limit, production and handling are improved, and photopolymerization performance, surface smoothness of pixels, etc. are improved. Curability tends to be improved. Therefore, when two or more polyfunctional monomers having different acid groups are used in combination, or when polyfunctional monomers having no acid groups are used in combination, the acid groups of the entire polyfunctional monomer should be adjusted to fall within the above range. is preferred.
 本発明において、より好ましい酸基を有する多官能モノマーは、東亞合成(株)製TO1382として市販されているジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートのコハク酸エステルを主成分とする混合物である。この多官能モノマーと、他の多官能モノマーを組み合わせて使用することもできる。また、日本国特開2013-140346号公報の段落[0056]や[0057]に記載の多官能モノマーを使用することもできる。 In the present invention, the polyfunctional monomer having a more preferable acid group is mainly succinic acid esters of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, which are commercially available as TO1382 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. It is a mixture of ingredients. This polyfunctional monomer can also be used in combination with other polyfunctional monomers. Also, polyfunctional monomers described in paragraphs [0056] and [0057] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-140346 can be used.
 本発明において、画素の耐薬品性や画素のエッジの直線性を良好にするとの観点からは、日本国特開2013-195971号公報に記載の重合性モノマーを用いることが好ましい。
 塗布膜の感度及び現像時間の短縮を両立するとの観点からは、日本国特開2013-195974号公報に記載の重合性モノマーを用いることが好ましい。
In the present invention, it is preferable to use the polymerizable monomer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-195971 from the viewpoint of improving the chemical resistance of the pixel and the linearity of the edge of the pixel.
From the viewpoint of achieving both sensitivity of the coating film and shortening of development time, it is preferable to use the polymerizable monomer described in JP-A-2013-195974.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物において、(E)光重合性モノマーの含有割合は特に限定されないが、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に好ましくは0質量%超、より好ましくは5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上、よりさらに好ましくは15質量%以上、特に好ましくは20質量%以上であり、また、好ましくは70質量%以下、より好ましくは60質量%以下、さらに好ましくは50質量%以下、よりさらに好ましくは40質量%以下、特に好ましくは30質量%以下である。前記下限値以上とすることで塗膜の硬化性が高くなる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることでアルカリ現像性の低下が抑制される傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、(E)光重合性モノマーの含有割合は、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中、0質量%超70質量%以下が好ましく、5~60質量%がより好ましく、10~50質量%がさらに好ましく、15~40質量%がよりさらに好ましく、20~30質量%が特に好ましい。 In the colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of (E) the photopolymerizable monomer is not particularly limited, preferably more than 0% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass or more in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, More preferably 10% by mass or more, still more preferably 15% by mass or more, particularly preferably 20% by mass or more, and preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 50% by mass Below, more preferably 40% by mass or less, particularly preferably 30% by mass or less. When it is at least the above lower limit, the curability of the coating film tends to increase, and when it is at most the above upper limit, the decrease in alkali developability tends to be suppressed. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, (E) the content of the photopolymerizable monomer, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, preferably more than 0% by mass and 70% by mass or less, more preferably 5 to 60% by mass, 10 to 50% by mass More preferably, 15 to 40% by mass is even more preferable, and 20 to 30% by mass is particularly preferable.
[1-6]その他の固形分
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物には、更に、必要に応じ上記成分以外の固形分を配合できる。このような成分としては、例えば、分散剤、分散助剤、界面活性剤、酸化防止剤が挙げられる。
[1-6] Other Solids The colored resin composition of the present invention can further contain solids other than the above components, if necessary. Such components include, for example, dispersants, dispersing aids, surfactants, and antioxidants.
[1-6-1]分散剤、分散助剤
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物が(A)着色剤として顔料を含む場合、顔料を安定に分散させる目的で分散剤を含むことが好ましい。分散剤の中でも高分子分散剤を用いると経時の分散安定性に優れるので好ましい。
 高分子分散剤としては、例えば、ウレタン系分散剤、ポリエチレンイミン系分散剤、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル系分散剤、ポリオキシエチレングリコールジエステル系分散剤、ソルビタン脂肪族エステル系分散剤、脂肪族変性ポリエステル系分散剤を挙げることができる。これら分散剤としては、例えば、商品名で、EFKA(登録商標、BASF社製)、DisperBYK(登録商標、ビックケミー社製)、ディスパロン(登録商標、楠本化成社製)、SOLSPERSE(登録商標、ルーブリゾール社製)、KP(信越化学工業社製)、ポリフロー(共栄社化学社製)の他、日本国特開2013-119568号公報に記載の分散剤を挙げることができる。
[1-6-1] Dispersant, Dispersing Aid When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a pigment as (A) the colorant, it preferably contains a dispersant for the purpose of stably dispersing the pigment. Among the dispersants, it is preferable to use a polymer dispersant because it is excellent in dispersion stability over time.
Examples of polymer dispersants include urethane dispersants, polyethyleneimine dispersants, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether dispersants, polyoxyethylene glycol diester dispersants, sorbitan aliphatic ester dispersants, and aliphatic modified polyesters. Mention may be made of system dispersants. Examples of these dispersing agents include trade names of EFKA (registered trademark, manufactured by BASF), DisperBYK (registered trademark, manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Disparon (registered trademark, manufactured by Kusumoto Kasei), SOLSPERSE (registered trademark, manufactured by Lubrizol). (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Polyflow (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and dispersants described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-119568.
 高分子分散剤の中でも、分散性や保存安定性の観点から、窒素原子を含む官能基を有するブロック共重合体が好ましく、アクリル系ブロック共重合体がより好ましい。
 窒素原子を含む官能基を有するブロック共重合体としては、側鎖に4級アンモニウム塩基及び/又はアミノ基を有するAブロックと、4級アンモニウム塩基及び/又はアミノ基を有さないBブロックとからなる、A-Bブロック共重合体及び/又はB-A-Bブロック共重合体が好ましい。
Among polymeric dispersants, block copolymers having functional groups containing nitrogen atoms are preferred, and acrylic block copolymers are more preferred, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability.
A block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom includes an A block having a quaternary ammonium base and/or an amino group in a side chain and a B block having no quaternary ammonium base and/or an amino group. AB block copolymers and/or BAB block copolymers are preferred.
 窒素原子を含む官能基としては、1~3級アミノ基や、4級アンモニウム塩基が挙げられ、分散性や保存安定性の観点から、1~3級アミノ基を有することが好ましく、3級アミノ基を有することがより好ましい。
 前記ブロック共重合体における、3級アミノ基を有する繰り返し単位の構造は特に限定されないが、分散性や保存安定性の観点から、下記一般式(F1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
Examples of the functional group containing a nitrogen atom include primary to tertiary amino groups and quaternary ammonium bases, and from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability, it preferably has a primary to tertiary amino group, and a tertiary amino group. It is more preferable to have a group.
The structure of the repeating unit having a tertiary amino group in the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility and storage stability, it is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (F1). .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 上記式(F1)中、R1及びR2は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基であり、R1及びR2が互いに結合して環状構造を形成してもよい。R3は水素原子又はメチル基である。Xは2価の連結基である。 In formula (F1) above, each of R 1 and R 2 is independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, or a substituted and R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a cyclic structure. R3 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. X is a divalent linking group.
 上記式(F1)のR1及びR2における、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、好ましくは1以上であり、また、10以下が好ましく、6以下がより好ましく、4以下がさらに好ましい。例えば、1~10が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~4がさらに好ましい。アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基がより好ましい。上記式(F1)におけるアルキル基は、直鎖状、分枝状のいずれであってもよい。上記式(F1)におけるアルキル基は、シクロヘキシル基、メチルシクロヘキシル基などの環状構造を含んでもよい。 The number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted alkyl group in R 1 and R 2 of the formula (F1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, and 6 or less. More preferably, 4 or less is even more preferable. For example, 1 to 10 are preferred, 1 to 6 are more preferred, and 1 to 4 are even more preferred. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and octyl groups, and methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl groups. group is preferred, and methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group and butyl group are more preferred. The alkyl group in formula (F1) above may be linear or branched. The alkyl group in formula (F1) above may contain a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group and a methylcyclohexyl group.
 上記式(F1)のR1及びR2における、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、好ましくは6以上であり、また、16以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましく、8以下がさらに好ましい。例えば、6~16が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6~8がさらに好ましい。アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基、エチルフェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、ジエチルフェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基が挙げられ、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基、エチルフェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、ジエチルフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基、エチルフェニル基がより好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted aryl group in R 1 and R 2 in the above formula (F1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, and 12 or less. More preferably, 8 or less is even more preferable. For example, 6 to 16 are preferred, 6 to 12 are more preferred, and 6 to 8 are even more preferred. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl group, methylphenyl group, ethylphenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, diethylphenyl group, naphthyl group and anthracenyl group, and phenyl group, methylphenyl group, ethylphenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, A diethylphenyl group is preferred, and a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group and an ethylphenyl group are more preferred.
 上記式(F1)のR1及びR2における、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、好ましくは7以上であり、また、16以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましく、9以下がさらに好ましい。例えば、7~16が好ましく、7~12がより好ましく、7~9がさらに好ましい。アラルキル基としては、例えば、フェニルメチル基、フェニルエチル基、フェニルプロピル基、フェニルブチル基、フェニルイソプロピル基が挙げられ、フェニルメチル基、フェニルエチル基、フェニルプロピル基、フェニルブチル基が好ましく、フェニルメチル基、フェニルエチル基がより好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted aralkyl group in R 1 and R 2 in the formula (F1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, and 12 or less. More preferably, 9 or less is even more preferable. For example, 7 to 16 are preferred, 7 to 12 are more preferred, and 7 to 9 are even more preferred. The aralkyl group includes, for example, a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a phenylpropyl group, a phenylbutyl group and a phenylisopropyl group, preferably a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a phenylpropyl group and a phenylbutyl group. A phenylethyl group is more preferred.
 分散性、保存安定性、電気信頼性、現像性の観点から、R1及びR2としては、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基がより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility, storage stability, electrical reliability, and developability, R 1 and R 2 are each independently preferably an optionally substituted alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. preferable.
 上記式(F1)のR1及びR2におけるアルキル基、アラルキル基又はアリール基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、ベンゾイル基、水酸基が挙げられ、合成の容易さの観点からは無置換であることが好ましい。 Examples of substituents that the alkyl group, aralkyl group or aryl group in R 1 and R 2 of the above formula (F1) may have include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a benzoyl group and a hydroxyl group. From the viewpoint of ease, it is preferably unsubstituted.
 上記式(F1)において、R1及びR2が互いに結合して形成する環状構造としては、例えば5~7員環の含窒素複素環単環又はこれらが2個縮合してなる縮合環が挙げられる。含窒素複素環は芳香性を有さないものが好ましく、飽和環であればより好ましい。具体的には、例えば下記式(F4)の含窒素複素環が挙げられる。 In the above formula (F1), the cyclic structure formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 together includes, for example, a 5- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocyclic ring or a condensed ring formed by condensing two of these. be done. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferably non-aromatic, and more preferably saturated. Specifically, for example, a nitrogen-containing heterocycle represented by the following formula (F4) is included.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 上記式(F4)の環状構造は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。 The cyclic structure of formula (F4) above may further have a substituent.
 上記式(F1)において、2価の連結基Xとしては、例えば、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、炭素数6~12のアリーレン基、-CONH-R13-基、-COOR14-基(但し、R13及びR14は単結合、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、又は炭素数2~10のエーテル基(アルキルオキシアルキル基)である。)が挙げられ、好ましくは-COO-R14-基である。 In the above formula (F1), the divalent linking group X includes, for example, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a —CONH—R 13 — group, a —COOR 14 — group ( However, R 13 and R 14 are a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an ether group (alkyloxyalkyl group) having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.), preferably -COO-R 14 - group.
 前記ブロック共重合体の全繰り返し単位に占める前記式(F1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有割合は、1モル%以上が好ましく、5モル%以上がより好ましく、10モル%以上がさらに好ましく、15モル%以上がよりさらに好ましく、20%以上が特に好ましく、25モル%以上が最も好ましく、また、90モル%以下が好ましく、70モル%以下がより好ましく、50モル%以下がさらに好ましく、40モル%以下が特に好ましい。上記上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、前記ブロック共重合体の全繰り返し単位に占める前記式(F1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有割合は、1~90モル%が好ましく、5~90モル%がより好ましく、10~70モル%がさらに好ましく、15~70モル%がよりさらに好ましく、20~50%が特に好ましく、25~40モル%が最も好ましい。前記範囲内の場合には分散安定性と高輝度の両立が可能となる傾向がある。 The content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F1) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and further preferably 10 mol% or more. More preferably 15 mol% or more, particularly preferably 20% or more, most preferably 25 mol% or more, preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, further preferably 50 mol% or less, and 40 mol % or less is particularly preferred. The above upper limit and lower limit can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F1) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 to 90 mol%, more preferably 5 to 90 mol%, and 10 to 70 mol. % is more preferred, 15 to 70 mol % is even more preferred, 20 to 50 mol % is particularly preferred, and 25 to 40 mol % is most preferred. Within the above range, there is a tendency that both dispersion stability and high brightness can be achieved.
 前記ブロック共重合体は、溶剤等のバインダー成分に対する相溶性が高まり、分散安定性が向上するとの観点から、下記式(F2)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 The block copolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (F2) from the viewpoint of enhancing compatibility with a binder component such as a solvent and improving dispersion stability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 上記式(F2)中、R10はエチレン基又はプロピレン基であり、R11は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基であり、R12は水素原子又はメチル基である。
nは1~20の整数である。
In formula (F2) above, R 10 is an ethylene group or a propylene group, R 11 is an optionally substituted alkyl group, and R 12 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
n is an integer from 1 to 20;
 上記式(F2)のR11における、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、1以上が好ましく、2以上がより好ましく、また、10以下が好ましく、6以下がより好ましく、4以下がさらに好ましい。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、上記式(F2)のR11におけるアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、2~4がさらに好ましい。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基がより好ましい。
 上記式(F2)のR11におけるアルキル基は、直鎖状、分枝状のいずれであってもよい。
 上記式(F2)のR11におけるアルキル基は、シクロヘキシル基、メチルシクロヘキシル基などの環状構造を含んでもよい。
 上記式(F2)のR11におけるアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、ベンゾイル基、水酸基が挙げられ、合成の容易さの観点からは無置換であることが好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted alkyl group in R 11 of formula (F2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 10 or less, and 6 or less. is more preferred, and 4 or less is even more preferred. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group for R 11 in formula (F2) is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-6, and even more preferably 2-4.
Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and octyl groups, and methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl groups. group is preferred, and methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group and butyl group are more preferred.
The alkyl group for R 11 in formula (F2) above may be linear or branched.
The alkyl group for R 11 in formula (F2) may contain a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group and a methylcyclohexyl group.
Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group in R 11 of the above formula (F2) may have include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a benzoyl group, and a hydroxyl group. Preferably.
 上記式(F2)におけるnは溶剤等のバインダー成分に対する相溶性と分散性の観点から、1以上であることが好ましく、2以上であることがより好ましく、また、10以下であることが好ましく、5以下であることがより好ましい。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、2~5がさらに好ましい。 n in the above formula (F2) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 10 or less, from the viewpoint of compatibility and dispersibility with respect to a binder component such as a solvent, It is more preferably 5 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 1 to 10 are preferred, 1 to 5 are more preferred, and 2 to 5 are even more preferred.
 前記ブロック共重合体の全繰り返し単位に占める前記式(F2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有割合は、1モル%以上が好ましく、2モル%以上がより好ましく、4モル%以上がさらに好ましく、また、30モル%以下が好ましく、20モル%以下がより好ましく、10モル%以下がさらに好ましい。上記上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、前記ブロック共重合体の全繰り返し単位に占める前記式(F2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有割合は、1~30モル%が好ましく、2~20モル%がより好ましく、4~10モル%がさらに好ましい。前記範囲内の場合には溶剤等のバインダー成分に対する相溶性と分散安定性の両立が可能となる傾向がある。 The content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F2) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, and further preferably 4 mol% or more. Also, it is preferably 30 mol % or less, more preferably 20 mol % or less, and even more preferably 10 mol % or less. The above upper limit and lower limit can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F2) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 to 30 mol%, more preferably 2 to 20 mol%, and 4 to 10 mol. % is more preferred. Within the above range, there is a tendency that compatibility with a binder component such as a solvent and dispersion stability can both be achieved.
 また、前記ブロック共重合体は、溶剤等のバインダー成分に対する相溶性が高まり、分散安定性が向上するという観点から、下記式(F3)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 In addition, the block copolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (F3) from the viewpoint of enhancing compatibility with a binder component such as a solvent and improving dispersion stability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 上記式(F3)中、R8は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基である。R9は水素原子又はメチル基である。 In formula (F3) above, R 8 is an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, or an optionally substituted aralkyl group. R9 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 上記式(F3)のR8における、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、好ましくは1以上であり、また、10以下が好ましく、6以下がより好ましい。例えば、1~10が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基がより好ましい。
 上記式(F3)のR8におけるアルキル基は、直鎖状、分枝状のいずれであってもよい。
 上記式(F3)のR8におけるアルキル基は、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基などの環状構造を含んでもよい。
Although the number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted alkyl group in R 8 of formula (F3) is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 6 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferred, and 1 to 6 are more preferred. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and octyl groups, and methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl groups. group is preferred, and methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group and butyl group are more preferred.
The alkyl group for R 8 in formula (F3) above may be linear or branched.
The alkyl group for R 8 in formula (F3) above may include a cyclic structure such as a cyclohexyl group and a cyclohexylmethyl group.
 上記式(F3)のR8における、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、好ましくは6以上であり、また、16以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましい。例えば、6~16が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基、エチルフェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、ジエチルフェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基が挙げられ、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基、エチルフェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、ジエチルフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基、エチルフェニル基がより好ましい。 Although the number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted aryl group in R 8 of formula (F3) is not particularly limited, it is preferably 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. For example, 6-16 is preferred, and 6-12 is more preferred. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl group, methylphenyl group, ethylphenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, diethylphenyl group, naphthyl group and anthracenyl group, and phenyl group, methylphenyl group, ethylphenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, A diethylphenyl group is preferred, and a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group and an ethylphenyl group are more preferred.
 上記式(F3)のR8における、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、好ましくは7以上であり、また、16以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましい。例えば、7~16が好ましく、7~12がより好ましい。アラルキル基としては、フェニルメチル基、フェニルエチル基、フェニルプロピル基、フェニルブチル基、フェニルイソプロピル基が挙げられ、フェニルメチル基、フェニルエチル基、フェニルプロピル基、フェニルブチル基が好ましく、フェニルメチル基、フェニルエチル基がより好ましい。 Although the number of carbon atoms in the optionally substituted aralkyl group in R 8 of formula (F3) is not particularly limited, it is preferably 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. For example, 7-16 is preferred, and 7-12 is more preferred. The aralkyl group includes a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a phenylpropyl group, a phenylbutyl group and a phenylisopropyl group, preferably a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a phenylpropyl group and a phenylbutyl group, a phenylmethyl group, A phenylethyl group is more preferred.
 溶剤相溶性と分散安定性の観点から、R8がアルキル基、又はアラルキル基であることが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、又はフェニルメチル基であることがより好ましい。
 R8における、アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基が挙げられる。アリール基又はアラルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、鎖状のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基が挙げられる。R8で示される鎖状のアルキル基には、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれも含まれる。
From the viewpoint of solvent compatibility and dispersion stability, R 8 is preferably an alkyl group or an aralkyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenylmethyl group.
Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group in R 8 may have include a halogen atom and an alkoxy group. Examples of substituents that the aryl group or aralkyl group may have include a chain alkyl group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group. The chain-like alkyl group represented by R 8 includes both straight-chain and branched-chain alkyl groups.
 前記ブロック共重合体の全繰り返し単位に占める前記式(F3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有割合は、30モル%以上が好ましく、40モル%以上がより好ましく、50モル%以上がさらに好ましく、また、80モル%以下が好ましく、70モル%以下がより好ましい。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、前記ブロック共重合体の全繰り返し単位に占める前記式(F3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有割合は、30~80モル%が好ましく、40~80モル%がより好ましく、50~70モル%がさらに好ましい。前記範囲内の場合には分散安定性と高輝度の両立が可能となる傾向がある。 The content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F3) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more. Moreover, 80 mol% or less is preferable, and 70 mol% or less is more preferable. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (F3) in the total repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 30 to 80 mol%, more preferably 40 to 80 mol%, and 50 to 70 mol. % is more preferred. Within the above range, there is a tendency that both dispersion stability and high brightness can be achieved.
 前記ブロック共重合体は、前記一般式(F1)で表される繰り返し単位、前記一般式(F2)で表される繰り返し単位、前記一般式(F3)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。そのような繰り返し単位としては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレンなどのスチレン系単量体;(メタ)アクリル酸クロライドなどの(メタ)アクリル酸塩系単量体;(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチロールアクリルアミドなどの(メタ)アクリルアミド系単量体;酢酸ビニル;アクリロニトリル;アリルグリシジルエーテル、クロトン酸グリシジルエーテル;N-メタクリロイルモルホリンに由来する繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 The block copolymer contains repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F1), the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F2), and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F3). may have. Such repeating units include, for example, styrene-based monomers such as styrene and α-methylstyrene; (meth)acrylate-based monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid chloride; (meth)acrylamide, N- vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl crotonate; and repeating units derived from N-methacryloylmorpholine.
 前記ブロック共重合体は、分散性をより高めるとの観点から、前記一般式(F1)で表される繰り返し単位を有するAブロックと、前記一般式(F1)で表される繰り返し単位を有さないBブロックとを有する、ブロック共重合体であることが好ましく、A-Bブロック共重合体又はB-A-Bブロック共重合体であることがより好ましい。Bブロックは、前記一般式(F2)で表される繰り返し単位及び前記一般式(F3)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 The block copolymer has an A block having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (F1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (F1) from the viewpoint of further increasing dispersibility. It is preferably a block copolymer, more preferably an AB block copolymer or a BAB block copolymer. The B block preferably has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (F2) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (F3).
 前記一般式(F1)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位がAブロック中に含有されていてもよい。そのような繰り返し単位としては、例えば、前述の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル系単量体由来の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。Aブロック中の、前記一般式(F1)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位の含有量は、好ましくは0~50モル%、より好ましくは0~20モル%である。前記一般式(F1)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位がAブロック中に含有されないことが最も好ましい。 A repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F1) may be contained in the A block. Examples of such repeating units include repeating units derived from the aforementioned (meth)acrylic acid ester-based monomers. The content of repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by formula (F1) in the A block is preferably 0 to 50 mol %, more preferably 0 to 20 mol %. Most preferably, the A block contains no repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by formula (F1).
 前記一般式(F2)で表される繰り返し単位及び前記一般式(F3)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位がBブロック中に含有されていてもよい。そのような繰り返し単位としては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレンなどのスチレン系単量体;(メタ)アクリル酸クロライドなどの(メタ)アクリル酸塩系単量体;(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチロールアクリルアミドなどの(メタ)アクリルアミド系単量体;酢酸ビニル;アクリロニトリル;アリルグリシジルエーテル、クロトン酸グリシジルエーテル;N-メタクリロイルモルホリンに由来する繰り返し単位が挙げられる。Bブロック中の、前記一般式(F2)で表される繰り返し単位及び前記一般式(F3)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位の含有量は、好ましくは0~50モル%、より好ましくは0~20モル%である。前記一般式(F2)で表される繰り返し単位及び前記一般式(F3)で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位がBブロック中に含有されないことが最も好ましい。 A repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F3) may be contained in the B block. Such repeating units include, for example, styrene-based monomers such as styrene and α-methylstyrene; (meth)acrylate-based monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid chloride; (meth)acrylamide, N- vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl crotonate; and repeating units derived from N-methacryloylmorpholine. In the B block, the content of repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F3) is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably 0 to 20 mol %. Most preferably, the B block contains no repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F2) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (F3).
 前記ブロック共重合体の酸価は、分散性の点から、低い方が好ましく、特に0mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。 From the standpoint of dispersibility, the acid value of the block copolymer is preferably as low as possible, and particularly preferably 0 mgKOH/g.
 前記ブロック共重合体のアミン価は、分散性と現像性の観点から、30mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上がさらに好ましく、90mgKOH/g以上がよりさらに好ましく、100mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましく、105mgKOH/g以上が最も好ましく、また、150mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、130mgKOH/g以下がより好ましい。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、前記ブロック共重合体のアミン価は、30~150mgKOH/gが好ましく、50~150mgKOH/gがより好ましく、70~150mgKOH/gがさらに好ましく、90~130mgKOH/gがよりさらに好ましく、100~130mgKOH/gが特に好ましく、105~130mgKOH/gが最も好ましい。
 アミン価とは、有効固形分換算のアミン価を表し、固形分1gあたりの塩基量と当量のKOHの質量で表される値である。
From the viewpoint of dispersibility and developability, the amine value of the block copolymer is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 90 mgKOH/g or more. , 100 mgKOH/g or more is particularly preferable, 105 mgKOH/g or more is most preferable, and 150 mgKOH/g or less is preferable, and 130 mgKOH/g or less is more preferable. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the amine value of the block copolymer is preferably from 30 to 150 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 50 to 150 mgKOH/g, still more preferably from 70 to 150 mgKOH/g, even more preferably from 90 to 130 mgKOH/g, and from 100 to 130 mg KOH/g is particularly preferred and 105-130 mg KOH/g is most preferred.
The amine value represents the amine value in terms of effective solid content, and is a value represented by the mass of KOH equivalent to the amount of base per 1 g of solid content.
 前記ブロック共重合体の分子量は、重量平均分子量(Mw)で1000~30000の範囲が好ましい。前記範囲内である場合には、分散安定性が良好となり、また、スリットノズル方式による塗布時に乾燥異物がより発生しにくくなる傾向がある。 The molecular weight of the block copolymer is preferably in the range of 1000 to 30000 in weight average molecular weight (Mw). When it is within the above range, the dispersion stability is improved, and there is a tendency that dried foreign substances are less likely to occur during application by a slit nozzle method.
 前記ブロック共重合体は、公知の方法により製造することができる。例えば、上記各繰り返し単位を導入する単量体を、リビング重合することにより製造することができる。リビング重合法としては、例えば、日本国特開平9-62002号公報、日本国特開2002-31713号公報、P.Lutz,P.Masson et al,Polym.Bull.12,79(1984)、B.C.Anderson,G.D.Andrews et al,Macromolecules,14,1601(1981)、K.Hatada,K.Ute,et al,Polym.J.17,977(1985),K.Hatada,K.Ute,et al,Polym.J.18,1037(1986)、右手浩一、畑田耕一、高分子加工、36,366(1987)、東村敏延、沢本光男、高分子論文集、46,189(1989)、M.Kuroki,T.Aida,J.Am.Chem.Soc,109,4737(1987)、相田卓三、井上祥平、有機合成化学、43,300(1985)、D.Y.Sogoh,W.R.Hertler et al,Macromolecules,20,1473(1987)に記載されている公知の方法を採用することができる。 The block copolymer can be produced by a known method. For example, the monomer into which each repeating unit is introduced can be produced by living polymerization. As the living polymerization method, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-62002, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-31713, P. Lutz, P.; Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79 (1984); C. Anderson, G.; D. Andrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601 (1981); Hatada, K.; Ute, et al, Polym. J. 17, 977 (1985), K. Hatada, K.; Ute, et al, Polym. J. 18, 1037 (1986), Koichi Ugi, Koichi Hatada, Kobunshi Kako, 36, 366 (1987), Toshinobu Higashimura, Mitsuo Sawamoto, Kobunshi Ronbunshu, 46, 189 (1989), M. Kuroki, T.; Aida, J.; Am. Chem. Soc, 109, 4737 (1987), Takuzo Aida, Shohei Inoue, Synthetic Organic Chemistry, 43, 300 (1985), D. Y. Sogoh, W.; R. A known method described in Hertler et al, Macromolecules, 20, 1473 (1987) can be employed.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物が分散剤を含む場合、分散剤の含有割合は特に限定されないが、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に、0.001質量%以上が好ましく、0.01質量%以上がより好ましく、0.1質量%以上がさらに好ましく、1質量%以上が特に好ましく、また、25質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましく、15質量%以下がさらに好ましく、10質量%以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで分散性や保存安定性が向上する傾向がある。前記上限値以下とすることで電気信頼性や現像性が向上する傾向がある。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中の分散剤の含有割合は、0.001~25質量%が好ましく、0.01~20質量%がより好ましく、0.1~15質量%がさらに好ましく、1~10質量%が特に好ましい。 When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a dispersant, the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited, in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, preferably 0.001 wt% or more, 0.01 wt% 0.1% by mass or more is more preferable, 1% by mass or more is particularly preferable, 25% by mass or less is preferable, 20% by mass or less is more preferable, 15% by mass or less is even more preferable, and 10% by mass % or less is particularly preferred. When the content is at least the above lower limit, dispersibility and storage stability tend to improve. When the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit, electrical reliability and developability tend to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the dispersant in the total solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably 0.001 to 25% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, even more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass. , 1 to 10% by weight are particularly preferred.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物が顔料及び分散剤を含む場合、分散剤の含有割合は特に限定されるものではないが、顔料100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.5質量部以上、より好ましくは5質量部以上、さらに好ましくは10質量部以上、よりさらに好ましくは15質量部以上、特に好ましくは20質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは70質量部以下、より好ましくは50質量部以下、さらに好ましくは40質量部以下、特に好ましくは30質量部以下である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、顔料100質量部に対する分散剤の含有割合は、0.5~70質量部が好ましく、5~70質量部がより好ましく、10~50質量部がさらに好ましく、15~40質量部がよりさらに好ましく、20~30質量部が特に好ましい。前記範囲内とすることで、分散安定性に優れ、高輝度な着色性樹脂組成物を得ることができる傾向がある。 When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a pigment and a dispersant, the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 100 parts by mass of the pigment. is 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 15 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and preferably 70 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, More preferably 40 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the dispersant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment is preferably 0.5 to 70 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 70 parts by mass, even more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, and even more preferably 15 to 40 parts by mass. 20 to 30 parts by mass is particularly preferred. By setting it within the above range, there is a tendency that a coloring resin composition having excellent dispersion stability and high brightness can be obtained.
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物が顔料を含む場合、顔料の分散性の向上、分散安定性の向上のために、分散助剤として、例えば、顔料誘導体を含んでいてもよい。
 顔料誘導体としては、例えば、アゾ系、フタロシアニン系、キナクリドン系、ベンツイミダゾロン系、キノフタロン系、イソインドリノン系、イソインドリン系、ジオキサジン系、アントラキノン系、インダンスレン系、ペリレン系、ペリノン系、ジケトピロロピロール系、ジオキサジン系顔料の誘導体が挙げられる。
 顔料誘導体の置換基としては、例えば、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホンアミド基の4級塩、フタルイミドメチル基、ジアルキルアミノアルキル基、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミド基が挙げられ、これらの置換基が顔料骨格に、例えば、アルキル基、アリール基、複素環基を介して結合、又は直接結合したものが挙げられる。置換基としては、スルホンアミド基、スルホンアミド基の4級塩、スルホン酸基が好ましく、スルホン酸基がより好ましい。
 置換基は一つの顔料骨格に複数置換していてもよく、置換数の異なる化合物の混合物でもよい。
 顔料誘導体としては、具体的には、例えば、アゾ顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、フタロシアニン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、キノフタロン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、イソインドリン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、アントラキノン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、キナクリドン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、ジケトピロロピロール顔料のスルホン酸誘導体、ジオキサジン顔料のスルホン酸誘導体が挙げられる。
When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a pigment, it may contain, for example, a pigment derivative as a dispersing aid in order to improve the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the pigment.
Examples of pigment derivatives include azo, phthalocyanine, quinacridone, benzimidazolone, quinophthalone, isoindolinone, isoindoline, dioxazine, anthraquinone, indanthrene, perylene, perinone, Derivatives of diketopyrrolopyrrole-based and dioxazine-based pigments can be mentioned.
Examples of the substituent of the pigment derivative include a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a quaternary salt of a sulfonamide group, a phthalimidomethyl group, a dialkylaminoalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and an amide group. is bonded to the pigment skeleton via, for example, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, or directly bonded. The substituent is preferably a sulfonamide group, a quaternary salt of a sulfonamide group, or a sulfonic acid group, more preferably a sulfonic acid group.
A single pigment skeleton may be substituted with a plurality of substituents, or a mixture of compounds having different numbers of substitutions may be used.
Specific examples of pigment derivatives include sulfonic acid derivatives of azo pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of phthalocyanine pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of quinophthalone pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of isoindoline pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of anthraquinone pigments, and quinacridone pigments. , sulfonic acid derivatives of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, and sulfonic acid derivatives of dioxazine pigments.
[1-6-2]界面活性剤
 本発明の着色樹脂組成物は界面活性剤を含有してもよく、界面活性剤としては、アニオン系、カチオン系、非イオン系、両性界面活性剤等、各種の界面活性剤を用いることができるが、諸特性に悪影響を及ぼす可能性が低い点で、非イオン系界面活性剤が好ましい。本発明の着色樹脂組成物は界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の含有割合は特に限定されないが、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中に好ましくは0.001質量%以上、より好ましくは0.01質量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.05質量%以上、特に好ましくは0.1質量%以上、また、好ましくは10質量%以下、より好ましくは1質量%以下、さらに好ましくは0.5質量%以下、特に好ましくは0.3質量%以下である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、界面活性剤の含有割合は、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分中、0.001~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~1質量%がより好ましく、0.05~0.5質量%がさらに好ましく、0.1~0.3質量%が特に好ましい。
[1-6-2] Surfactant The colored resin composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant, and examples of surfactants include anionic, cationic, nonionic, amphoteric surfactants, etc. Various surfactants can be used, but nonionic surfactants are preferred because they are less likely to adversely affect various properties. When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is not particularly limited, preferably 0.001 mass% or more in the total solid content of the colored resin composition, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, still more preferably 0.5% by mass % by mass or less, particularly preferably 0.3% by mass or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass, and 0.05 to 0.5% by mass in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. is more preferred, and 0.1 to 0.3% by mass is particularly preferred.
[2]着色樹脂組成物の調製
 (A)着色剤として顔料を含む着色樹脂組成物を調製する場合、例えば、顔料、溶剤及び分散剤を各所定量秤量し、分散処理工程において、顔料を含む着色剤を分散させて顔料分散液を調製する。上述の通り、分散処理工程では、例えば、分散助剤及び/又は分散樹脂を併用するのが好ましい。
 分散処理工程では、例えば、ペイントコンディショナー、サンドグラインダー、ボールミル、ロールミル、ストーンミル、ジェットミル、ホモジナイザーを使用することができる。この分散処理を行なうことによって着色剤が微粒子化されるため、着色樹脂組成物の塗布特性が向上し、製品のカラーフィルタ基板における画素の透過率が向上する。サンドグラインダーを用いて分散処理を行なう場合は、0.1から数mm径のガラスビーズ、又は、ジルコニアビーズを用いることが好ましい。
[2] Preparation of colored resin composition (A) When preparing a colored resin composition containing a pigment as a coloring agent, for example, each predetermined amount of pigment, solvent and dispersant is weighed, and in a dispersion treatment step, coloring containing pigment A pigment dispersion is prepared by dispersing the agent. As described above, it is preferable to use, for example, a dispersing aid and/or a dispersing resin in combination in the dispersing treatment step.
In the dispersion treatment step, for example, paint conditioners, sand grinders, ball mills, roll mills, stone mills, jet mills and homogenizers can be used. Since the colorant is finely divided by performing this dispersing treatment, the coating property of the colored resin composition is improved, and the transmittance of the pixels in the color filter substrate of the product is improved. When performing dispersion treatment using a sand grinder, it is preferable to use glass beads or zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.1 to several mm.
 分散処理する際の温度は、好ましくは0℃以上、より好ましくは室温(例えば、25℃)以上、また、好ましくは100℃以下、好ましくは80℃以下の範囲に設定する。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、0~100℃、0~80℃、又は室温~80℃に設定し得る。分散時間は、顔料分散液の組成、及びサンドグラインダーの装置の大きさなどにより適正時間が異なるため、適宜調整すればよい。 The temperature during the dispersion treatment is preferably set in the range of 0°C or higher, more preferably room temperature (eg, 25°C) or higher, and preferably 100°C or lower, preferably 80°C or lower. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it can be set to 0-100°C, 0-80°C, or room temperature to 80°C. The appropriate dispersion time may vary depending on the composition of the pigment dispersion, the size of the sand grinder, and the like, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
 分散処理工程で得られた顔料分散液に、溶剤、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂、(D)光重合開始剤及び(E)光重合性モノマー、必要に応じて上記以外の成分などを混合し、均一な分散溶液とする。なお、分散処理工程及び混合の各工程においては、微細なゴミが混入することがあるため、得られた顔料分散液をフィルタなどによって、ろ過処理することが好ましい。 The pigment dispersion obtained in the dispersion treatment step is mixed with a solvent, (C) an alkali-soluble resin, (D) a photopolymerization initiator and (E) a photopolymerizable monomer, and if necessary, components other than the above. Make a uniform dispersion solution. In addition, in each step of dispersion treatment and mixing, since fine dust may be mixed, it is preferable to filter the obtained pigment dispersion with a filter or the like.
 (A)着色剤として顔料を含まない着色樹脂組成物を調製する場合には、(A)着色剤、(B)溶剤、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂、(D)光重合開始剤及び(E)光重合性モノマー、必要に応じて上記以外の成分などを混合し、均一な溶液として得ることができる。得られた溶液をフィルタなどによってろ過処理することが好ましい。 (A) when preparing a colored resin composition containing no pigment as a coloring agent, (A) a coloring agent, (B) a solvent, (C) an alkali-soluble resin, (D) a photopolymerization initiator and (E) A uniform solution can be obtained by mixing a photopolymerizable monomer and, if necessary, components other than those described above. It is preferable to filter the obtained solution with a filter or the like.
 (C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂が含有する、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)は、芳香環を含むモノマーを含むモノマー混合物を重合して得られる樹脂であることが好ましい。さらに、モノマー混合物が脂環式構造を含むモノマーを含むことがより好ましい。また、前記脂環式構造が飽和脂環式構造であることがさらに好ましい。芳香環を含む(メタ)アクリルモノマー及び脂環式構造を含む(メタ)アクリルモノマーを含むモノマー混合物を重合して得られる樹脂であることが特に好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin (c-1) having a repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain contained in the alkali-soluble resin (C) is a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer mixture containing a monomer containing an aromatic ring. is preferred. Furthermore, it is more preferred that the monomer mixture contains a monomer containing an alicyclic structure. Further, it is more preferable that the alicyclic structure is a saturated alicyclic structure. A resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer mixture containing a (meth)acrylic monomer containing an aromatic ring and a (meth)acrylic monomer containing an alicyclic structure is particularly preferred.
[3]カラーフィルタ基板の製造
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、本発明の着色樹脂組成物を用いて作製した画素を備える。
[3] Production of Color Filter Substrate The color filter of the present invention comprises pixels produced using the colored resin composition of the present invention.
[3-1]透明基板(支持体)
 カラーフィルタの透明基板としては、透明で適度の強度があれば、その材質は特に限定されるものではない。材質としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレートなどのポリエステル系樹脂、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレンなどのポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリカーボネート、ポリメチルメタクリレート、ポリスルホンの熱可塑性樹脂製シート、エポキシ樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、ポリ(メタ)アクリル系樹脂などの熱硬化性樹脂シート、又は各種ガラスなどが挙げられる。この中でも、耐熱性の観点からガラスまたは耐熱性樹脂が好ましい。
[3-1] Transparent substrate (support)
The material of the transparent substrate of the color filter is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent and has appropriate strength. Examples of materials include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polypropylene and polyethylene, thermoplastic resin sheets such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, and polysulfone, epoxy resins, unsaturated polyester resins, and poly(meth)acryl. A thermosetting resin sheet such as a base resin, or various types of glass may be used. Among these, glass or heat-resistant resin is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
 透明基板及び後述するブラックマトリクスを設けた基板には、接着性などの表面物性の改良のため、必要に応じ、コロナ放電処理、オゾン処理、シランカップリング剤や、ウレタン系樹脂などの各種樹脂の薄膜形成処理などを行なってもよい。
 透明基板の厚さは、好ましくは0.05mm以上、より好ましくは0.1mm以上、また、好ましくは10mm以下、より好ましくは7mm以下の範囲とされる。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、好ましくは0.05~10mm、より好ましくは0.1~7mmである。
 また、各種樹脂の薄膜形成処理を行なう場合、その膜厚は、好ましくは0.01μm以上、よび好ましくは0.05μm以上、また、好ましくは10μm以下、より好ましくは5μm以下の範囲である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、好ましくは0.01~10μm、より好ましくは0.05~5μmである。
In order to improve surface physical properties such as adhesion, the transparent substrate and the substrate provided with a black matrix, which will be described later, may be treated with corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, silane coupling agents, various resins such as urethane resins, if necessary. A thin film forming process or the like may be performed.
The thickness of the transparent substrate is preferably 0.05 mm or more, more preferably 0.1 mm or more, and preferably 10 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 0.05 to 10 mm, more preferably 0.1 to 7 mm.
In addition, when thin film formation processing of various resins is performed, the film thickness is preferably in the range of 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.05 μm or more, and preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.05 to 5 μm.
[3-2]ブラックマトリクス
 透明基板上にブラックマトリクスを設け、さらに好ましくは赤色、緑色、青色の画素画像を形成することにより、本発明のカラーフィルタを製造することができる。本発明の着色樹脂組成物は、赤色、緑色、青色の画素のうち、緑色の画素(レジストパターン)形成用塗布液として使用することが好ましい。緑色の画素(レジストパターン)形成用塗布液を用い、透明基板上に形成された樹脂ブラックマトリクス形成面上、又は、クロム化合物その他の遮光金属材料を用いて形成した金属ブラックマトリクス形成面上に、塗布、加熱乾燥、画像露光、現像及び焼成の各処理を行なって画素画像を形成する。
[3-2] Black Matrix The color filter of the present invention can be produced by providing a black matrix on a transparent substrate, and more preferably by forming pixel images of red, green and blue. Among red, green, and blue pixels, the colored resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a coating liquid for forming green pixels (resist pattern). Using a green pixel (resist pattern) forming coating liquid, on a resin black matrix formation surface formed on a transparent substrate, or on a metal black matrix formation surface formed using a chromium compound or other light-shielding metal material, A pixel image is formed by carrying out coating, heat drying, imagewise exposure, development and baking.
 ブラックマトリクスは、遮光金属薄膜又はブラックマトリクス用着色樹脂組成物を利用して、透明基板上に形成される。遮光金属材料としては、金属クロム、酸化クロム、窒化クロムなどのクロム化合物、ニッケルとタングステン合金などが用いられ、これらを複数層状に積層させたものであってもよい。
 これらの金属遮光膜は、一般にスパッタリング法によって形成され、ポジ型フォトレジストにより、膜状に所望のパターンを形成した後、クロムに対しては硝酸第二セリウムアンモニウムと過塩素酸及び/又は硝酸とを混合したエッチング液を用い、その他の材料に対しては、材料に応じたエッチング液を用いて蝕刻され、最後にポジ型フォトレジストを専用の剥離剤で剥離することによって、ブラックマトリクスを形成することができる。
A black matrix is formed on a transparent substrate using a light-shielding metal thin film or a colored resin composition for a black matrix. As the light-shielding metal material, chromium compounds such as chromium metal, chromium oxide, and chromium nitride, alloys of nickel and tungsten, and the like are used.
These metal light-shielding films are generally formed by a sputtering method. After forming a desired film pattern with a positive photoresist, chromium is treated with ceric ammonium nitrate and perchloric acid and/or nitric acid. and other materials are etched using an etchant suitable for the material, and finally the positive photoresist is removed with a special remover to form a black matrix. be able to.
 この場合、まず、蒸着又はスパッタリング法などにより、透明基板上にこれら金属又は金属・金属酸化物の薄膜を形成する。次いで、この薄膜上に着色樹脂組成物の塗布膜を形成した後、ストライプ、モザイク、トライアングルなどの繰り返しパターンを有するフォトマスクを用いて、塗布膜を露光・現像し、レジスト画像を形成する。その後、この塗布膜にエッチング処理を施してブラックマトリクスを形成することができる。 In this case, first, a thin film of these metals or metal/metal oxides is formed on a transparent substrate by vapor deposition, sputtering, or the like. Next, after forming a coating film of a colored resin composition on this thin film, the coating film is exposed and developed using a photomask having a repeating pattern such as stripes, mosaics, and triangles to form a resist image. After that, the coating film can be etched to form a black matrix.
 ブラックマトリクス用感光性着色樹脂組成物を利用する場合は、黒色の着色剤を含有する着色樹脂組成物を使用して、ブラックマトリクスを形成する。例えば、カーボンブラック、黒鉛、鉄黒、アニリンブラック、シアニンブラック、チタンブラックなどの黒色色材単独又は複数、もしくは、無機又は有機の顔料、染料の中から適宜選択される赤色、緑色、青色などの混合による黒色色材を含有する着色樹脂組成物を使用し、下記の赤色、緑色、青色の画素画像を形成する方法と同様にして、ブラックマトリクスを形成することができる。 When using a photosensitive colored resin composition for a black matrix, a black matrix is formed using a colored resin composition containing a black colorant. For example, black colorants such as carbon black, graphite, iron black, aniline black, cyanine black, and titanium black, or a plurality of black colorants, or inorganic or organic pigments, dyes, red, green, blue, etc. A black matrix can be formed using a colored resin composition containing a mixed black colorant in the same manner as in the method for forming pixel images of red, green and blue below.
[3-3]画素の形成
 ブラックマトリクスを設けた透明基板上に、赤色、緑色、青色のうち一色の着色樹脂組成物を塗布し、乾燥した後、塗布膜の上にフォトマスクを重ね、このフォトマスクを介して画像露光、現像、必要に応じて熱硬化又は光硬化により画素画像を形成する。この操作を、赤色、緑色、青色の三色の着色樹脂組成物について各々行なうことによって、カラーフィルタ画像を形成することができる。
[3-3] Formation of pixels On a transparent substrate provided with a black matrix, a colored resin composition of one of red, green, and blue is applied, dried, and then a photomask is overlaid on the coating film. A pixel image is formed by imagewise exposure through a photomask, development, and thermal curing or photocuring as necessary. A color filter image can be formed by performing this operation for each of the three colored resin compositions of red, green, and blue.
 カラーフィルタ用の着色樹脂組成物の塗布は、スピナー法、ワイヤーバー法、フローコート法、ダイコート法、ロールコート法、スプレーコート法などによって行なうことができる。中でも、ダイコート法によれば、塗布液使用量が大幅に削減され、かつ、スピンコート法によった際に付着するミストなどの影響が全くなく、さらには異物発生が抑制されるなど、総合的な観点から好ましい。 The application of the colored resin composition for color filters can be performed by a spinner method, a wire bar method, a flow coating method, a die coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method, or the like. Above all, according to the die coating method, the amount of coating liquid used is greatly reduced, and there is no effect of mist that adheres when using the spin coating method, and the generation of foreign matter is suppressed. from the point of view.
 塗布膜の厚さは、大き過ぎるとパターン現像が困難となるとともに、液晶セル化工程でのギャップ調整が困難となることがある一方で、小さ過ぎると顔料濃度を高めることが困難となり、所望の色発現が不可能となることがある。塗布膜の厚さは、乾燥後の膜厚として、好ましくは0.2μm以上、より好ましくは0.5μm以上、さらに好ましくは0.8μm以上、また、好ましくは20μm以下、より好ましくは10μm以下、さらに好ましくは5μm以下の範囲である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、好ましくは0.2~20μm、より好ましくは0.5~10μm、さらに好ましくは0.8~5μmである。 If the thickness of the coating film is too large, it may become difficult to develop the pattern and it may become difficult to adjust the gap in the process of forming a liquid crystal cell. Color development may not be possible. The thickness of the coating film after drying is preferably 0.2 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, still more preferably 0.8 μm or more, and preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less. More preferably, it is in the range of 5 μm or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 0.2 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 10 μm, still more preferably 0.8 to 5 μm.
[3-4]塗布膜の乾燥
 基板に着色樹脂組成物を塗布した後の塗布膜の乾燥は、ホットプレート、IRオーブン、コンベクションオーブンを使用した乾燥法によるのが好ましい。通常は、予備乾燥の後、再度加熱させて乾燥させる。予備乾燥の条件は、前記溶剤成分の種類、使用する乾燥機の性能などに応じて適宜選択することができる。乾燥温度及び乾燥時間は、溶剤成分の種類、使用する乾燥機の性能などに応じて選択される。具体的には、乾燥温度は好ましくは40℃以上、より好ましくは50℃以上、また、好ましくは80℃以下、より好ましくは70℃以下の範囲である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、好ましくは40~80℃、より好ましくは50~70℃である。また、乾燥時間は好ましくは15秒以上、より好ましくは30秒以上、また、好ましくは5分間以下、より好ましくは3分間以下の範囲である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、好ましくは15秒~5分間、より好ましくは30秒~3分間である。
[3-4] Drying of Coating Film Drying of the coating film after applying the colored resin composition to the substrate is preferably by a drying method using a hot plate, an IR oven, or a convection oven. Usually, after pre-drying, it is dried by heating again. Pre-drying conditions can be appropriately selected according to the type of the solvent component, the performance of the dryer to be used, and the like. The drying temperature and drying time are selected according to the type of solvent component, the performance of the dryer used, and the like. Specifically, the drying temperature is preferably 40° C. or higher, more preferably 50° C. or higher, and preferably 80° C. or lower, more preferably 70° C. or lower. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 40 to 80°C, more preferably 50 to 70°C. The drying time is preferably 15 seconds or longer, more preferably 30 seconds or longer, and preferably 5 minutes or shorter, more preferably 3 minutes or shorter. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, preferably 15 seconds to 5 minutes, more preferably 30 seconds to 3 minutes.
 再加熱乾燥の温度条件は、予備乾燥温度より高い温度が好ましく、具体的には、好ましくは50℃以上、より好ましくは70℃以上、また、好ましくは200℃以下、より好ましくは160℃以下、さらに好ましくは130℃以下である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、好ましくは50~200℃、より好ましくは50~160℃、さらに好ましくは70~130℃である。また、乾燥時間は、加熱温度にもよるが、好ましくは10秒以上、より好ましくは15秒以上、また、好ましくは10分以下、より好ましくは5分である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、好ましくは10秒~10分間、より好ましくは15秒~5分間である。乾燥温度は、高いほど透明基板に対する接着性が向上するが、高過ぎるとアルカリ可溶性樹脂が分解し、熱重合を誘発して現像不良を生ずる場合がある。なお、この塗布膜の乾燥工程としては、温度を高めず減圧チャンバー内で乾燥を行なう減圧乾燥法を用いてもよい。 The temperature conditions for reheating and drying are preferably higher than the pre-drying temperature. More preferably, it is 130° C. or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 50 to 200°C, more preferably 50 to 160°C, still more preferably 70 to 130°C. The drying time depends on the heating temperature, but is preferably 10 seconds or longer, more preferably 15 seconds or longer, and preferably 10 minutes or shorter, more preferably 5 minutes. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 15 seconds to 5 minutes. The higher the drying temperature, the better the adhesiveness to the transparent substrate. However, if the drying temperature is too high, the alkali-soluble resin may decompose and thermal polymerization may be induced, resulting in defective development. As the drying step of the coating film, a reduced pressure drying method may be used in which the drying is performed in a reduced pressure chamber without raising the temperature.
[3-5]露光工程
 画像露光は、着色樹脂組成物の塗布膜上に、ネガのマトリクスパターンを重ね、このマスクパターンを介し、紫外線又は可視光線の光源を照射して行なう。この際、必要に応じ、酸素による光重合性層の感度の低下を防ぐため、光重合性層上にポリビニルアルコール層などの酸素遮断層を形成した後に露光を行なってもよい。上記の画像露光に使用される光源は、特に限定されるものではない。光源としては、例えば、キセノンランプ、ハロゲンランプ、タングステンランプ、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ、中圧水銀灯、低圧水銀灯、カーボンアーク、蛍光ランプなどのランプ光源や、アルゴンイオンレーザー、YAGレーザー、エキシマレーザー、窒素レーザー、ヘリウムカドミニウムレーザー、半導体レーザーなどのレーザー光源などが挙げられる。特定の波長の光を照射して使用する場合には、光学フィルタを利用することもできる。
[3-5] Exposure Step Imagewise exposure is carried out by overlaying a negative matrix pattern on the coating film of the colored resin composition and irradiating it with an ultraviolet or visible light source through this mask pattern. In this case, if necessary, exposure may be performed after forming an oxygen barrier layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer on the photopolymerizable layer in order to prevent deterioration of the sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer due to oxygen. The light source used for the above image exposure is not particularly limited. Examples of light sources include lamp light sources such as xenon lamps, halogen lamps, tungsten lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, medium-pressure mercury lamps, low-pressure mercury lamps, carbon arcs, and fluorescent lamps, argon ion lasers, YAG lasers, Examples include laser light sources such as excimer lasers, nitrogen lasers, helium-cadmium lasers, and semiconductor lasers. An optical filter can also be used when irradiating and using the light of a specific wavelength.
[3-6]現像工程
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、本発明の着色樹脂組成物を用いた塗布膜に対し、上記の光源によって画像露光を行なった後、界面活性剤とアルカリ性化合物とを含む水溶液を用いて現像を行なうことによって、基板上に画像を形成して製造することができる。この水溶液には、さらに有機溶剤、緩衝剤、錯化剤、染料又は顔料を含ませることができる。
[3-6] Development step The color filter of the present invention is formed by subjecting the coating film using the colored resin composition of the present invention to imagewise exposure with the light source described above, followed by an aqueous solution containing a surfactant and an alkaline compound. can be produced by forming an image on the substrate by developing with This aqueous solution may further contain organic solvents, buffers, complexing agents, dyes or pigments.
 アルカリ性化合物としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化リチウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸カリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、リン酸ナトリウム、リン酸カリウム、リン酸水素ナトリウム、リン酸水素カリウム、リン酸二水素ナトリウム、リン酸二水素カリウム、水酸化アンモニウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物や、モノ-、ジ-又はトリエタノールアミン、モノ-、ジ-又はトリメチルアミン、モノ-、ジ-又はトリエチルアミン、モノ-又はジイソプロピルアミン、n-ブチルアミン、モノ-、ジ-又はトリイソプロパノールアミン、エチレンイミン、エチレンジイミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)、コリンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。これらのアルカリ性化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of alkaline compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, sodium phosphate, phosphorus Inorganic alkaline compounds such as potassium acid, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide, mono-, di- or triethanolamine, mono-, di- or trimethylamine, mono-, di- or triethylamine, mono- or diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, mono-, di- or triisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediimine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), choline, etc. Examples include organic alkaline compounds. These alkaline compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアリールエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエステル類、ソルビタンアルキルエステル類、モノグリセリドアルキルエステル類などのノニオン系界面活性剤、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩類、アルキルナフタレンスルホン酸塩類、アルキル硫酸塩類、アルキルスルホン酸塩類、スルホコハク酸エステル塩類などのアニオン性界面活性剤、アルキルベタイン類、アミノ酸類などの両性界面活性剤が挙げられる。 Examples of surfactants include nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylaryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, and monoglyceride alkyl esters; Anionic surfactants such as salts, alkylnaphthalenesulfonates, alkylsulfates, alkylsulfonates, and sulfosuccinate ester salts, and amphoteric surfactants such as alkylbetaines and amino acids.
 有機溶剤としては、例えば、イソプロピルアルコール、ベンジルアルコール、エチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ、フェニルセロソルブ、プロピレングリコール、ジアセトンアルコールが挙げられる。有機溶剤は、水溶液と併用して使用できる。
 現像処理の条件には特に制限はないが、現像温度は好ましくは10℃以上、より好ましくは15℃以上、さらに好ましくは20℃以上、また、好ましくは50℃以下、より好ましくは45℃以下、さらに好ましくは40℃以下の範囲が好ましい。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、好ましくは10~50℃、より好ましくは15~45℃、さらに好ましくは20~40℃である。
 現像方法は、浸漬現像法、スプレー現像法、ブラシ現像法、超音波現像法などの何れかの方法によることができる。
Examples of organic solvents include isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, phenyl cellosolve, propylene glycol, and diacetone alcohol. An organic solvent can be used in combination with an aqueous solution.
The conditions for development are not particularly limited, but the development temperature is preferably 10° C. or higher, more preferably 15° C. or higher, still more preferably 20° C. or higher, and preferably 50° C. or lower, more preferably 45° C. or lower. More preferably, the temperature is in the range of 40°C or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 10 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 45°C, still more preferably 20 to 40°C.
The development method can be any one of immersion development, spray development, brush development, ultrasonic development, and the like.
[3-7]焼成
 現像の後のカラーフィルタには、焼成を施す。この際の焼成条件は、温度は好ましくは100℃以上、より好ましくは150℃以上、また、好ましくは280℃以下、より好ましくは250℃以下の範囲で選ばれる。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、好ましくは100~280℃、より好ましくは150~250℃である。時間は5分間以上、60分間以下の範囲で選ばれる。これら一連の工程を経て、一色のパターニング画像形成は終了する。この工程を順次繰り返し、ブラック、赤色、緑色、青色をパターニングし、カラーフィルタを形成する。なお、4色のパターニングの順番は、上記した順番に限定されるものではない。
[3-7] Baking The color filter after development is baked. The firing conditions at this time are selected in the range of preferably 100° C. or higher, more preferably 150° C. or higher, and preferably 280° C. or lower, more preferably 250° C. or lower. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 100 to 280°C, more preferably 150 to 250°C. The time is selected in the range of 5 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less. Through a series of these steps, the patterning image formation for one color is completed. This process is sequentially repeated to pattern black, red, green, and blue to form a color filter. The order of patterning the four colors is not limited to the order described above.
[3-8]透明電極の形成
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、このままの状態で画像上にITOなどの透明電極を形成して、カラーディスプレー、液晶表示装置などの部品の一部として使用されるが、表面平滑性や耐久性を高めるため、必要に応じ、画像上にポリアミド、ポリイミドなどのトップコート層を設けることもできる。また一部、平面配向型駆動方式(IPSモード)などの用途においては、透明電極を形成しないこともある。
[3-8] Formation of Transparent Electrode The color filter of the present invention is used as a part of a component such as a color display or a liquid crystal display by forming a transparent electrode such as ITO on an image as it is. In order to improve surface smoothness and durability, a topcoat layer of polyamide, polyimide, or the like may be provided on the image, if necessary. In addition, in some applications such as planar alignment driving system (IPS mode), the transparent electrode may not be formed.
[4]画像表示装置(パネル)
 本発明の画像表示装置は、本発明のカラーフィルタを備える。
 以下、画像表示装置として、液晶表示装置及び有機EL表示装置について詳述する。
[4] Image display device (panel)
An image display device of the present invention includes the color filter of the present invention.
Hereinafter, a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display device will be described in detail as image display devices.
[4-1]液晶表示装置
 本発明の液晶表示装置の製造方法について説明する。本発明の液晶表示装置は、通常、本発明のカラーフィルタ上に配向膜を形成し、この配向膜上にスペーサを散布した後、対向基板と貼り合わせて液晶セルを形成し、形成した液晶セルに液晶を注入し、対向電極に結線して完成する。配向膜は、ポリイミド等の樹脂膜が好適である。配向膜の形成には、通常、グラビア印刷法及び/又はフレキソ印刷法が採用され、配向膜の厚さは数10nmとされる。焼成によって配向膜の硬化処理を行なった後、紫外線の照射やラビング布による処理によって表面処理し、液晶の傾きを調整しうる表面状態に加工される。
[4-1] Liquid Crystal Display Device A method for manufacturing the liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is usually manufactured by forming an alignment film on the color filter of the present invention, dispersing spacers on the alignment film, and then bonding it to a counter substrate to form a liquid crystal cell. Inject liquid crystal into the , and connect it to the counter electrode to complete the process. The alignment film is preferably a resin film such as polyimide. A gravure printing method and/or a flexographic printing method is usually employed for forming the alignment film, and the thickness of the alignment film is set to several tens of nanometers. After hardening the alignment film by baking, the surface is treated by irradiation with ultraviolet rays or treatment with a rubbing cloth, so that the surface state is processed so that the inclination of the liquid crystal can be adjusted.
 スペーサは、対向基板とのギャップ(隙間)に応じた厚みのものが用いられ、厚み2~8μmが好適である。カラーフィルタ基板上に、フォトリソグラフィ法によって透明樹脂膜のフォトスペーサ(PS)を形成し、これをスペーサの代わりに活用することもできる。対向基板としては、通常、アレイ基板が用いられ、特にTFT(薄膜トランジスタ)基板が好適である。 The spacer used has a thickness corresponding to the gap (clearance) with the opposing substrate, and a thickness of 2 to 8 μm is suitable. A photo-spacer (PS) made of a transparent resin film can be formed on the color filter substrate by photolithography and used instead of the spacer. As the counter substrate, an array substrate is usually used, and a TFT (thin film transistor) substrate is particularly suitable.
 対向基板との貼り合わせのギャップは、液晶表示装置の用途によって異なるが、2μm以上、8μm以下の範囲で選ばれる。対向基板と貼り合わせた後、液晶注入口以外の部分は、エポキシ樹脂等のシール材によって封止する。シール材は、UV照射及び/又は加熱することによって硬化させ、液晶セル周辺がシールされる。
 周辺をシールされた液晶セルは、パネル単位に切断した後、真空チャンバー内で減圧とし、上記液晶注入口を液晶に浸漬した後、チャンバー内をリークすることによって、液晶を液晶セル内に注入する。液晶セル内の減圧度は、好ましくは1×10-2Pa以下、より好ましくは1×10-3以下、また、好ましくは1×10-7Pa以上、より好ましくは1×10-6Pa以上である。上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。好ましくは1×10-7~1×10-2Pa、より好ましくは1×10-6~1×10-3Paである。また、減圧時に液晶セルを加温するのが好ましく、加温温度は好ましくは30℃以上、より好ましくは50℃以上、また、好ましくは100℃以下、より好ましくは90℃以下の範囲である。上記の上限及び我見は任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、好ましくは30~100℃、より好ましくは50~90℃である。
The gap between the opposing substrate and the bonding substrate varies depending on the application of the liquid crystal display device, but is selected in the range of 2 μm or more and 8 μm or less. After bonding to the opposing substrate, the portion other than the liquid crystal injection port is sealed with a sealing material such as epoxy resin. The sealing material is cured by UV irradiation and/or heating to seal the periphery of the liquid crystal cell.
After the liquid crystal cell with its periphery sealed is cut into panels, the pressure is reduced in a vacuum chamber, the liquid crystal inlet is immersed in the liquid crystal, and then the chamber is leaked to inject the liquid crystal into the liquid crystal cell. . The degree of pressure reduction in the liquid crystal cell is preferably 1×10 −2 Pa or less, more preferably 1×10 −3 or less, and preferably 1×10 −7 Pa or more, more preferably 1×10 −6 Pa or more. is. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. It is preferably from 1×10 -7 to 1×10 -2 Pa, more preferably from 1×10 -6 to 1×10 -3 Pa. In addition, it is preferable to heat the liquid crystal cell when the pressure is reduced. The above upper bounds and my opinion can be combined arbitrarily. For example, it is preferably 30 to 100°C, more preferably 50 to 90°C.
 減圧時の加温保持は、10分間以上、60分間以下の範囲とされ、その後、液晶中に浸漬される。液晶を注入した液晶セルは、液晶注入口を、UV硬化樹脂を硬化させて封止することによって、液晶表示装置(パネル)が完成する。
 液晶の種類には特に制限がなく、芳香族系、脂肪族系、多環状化合物等、従来から知られている液晶であって、リオトロピック液晶、サーモトロピック液晶等の何れでもよい。サーモトロピック液晶には、ネマティック液晶、スメスティック液晶及びコレステリック液晶等が知られているが、何れであってもよい。
The heating and holding at the reduced pressure is in the range of 10 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less, and then immersed in the liquid crystal. A liquid crystal display device (panel) is completed by sealing the liquid crystal injection port of the liquid crystal cell into which the liquid crystal is injected by curing the UV curing resin.
There is no particular limitation on the type of liquid crystal, and any known liquid crystal such as aromatic, aliphatic, polycyclic compounds, lyotropic liquid crystal, thermotropic liquid crystal, or the like may be used. Thermotropic liquid crystals include nematic liquid crystals, smestic liquid crystals, cholesteric liquid crystals, and the like, and any of them may be used.
[4-2]有機EL表示装置
 本発明のカラーフィルタを有する有機EL表示装置を作成する場合、例えば図1に示すように、透明支持基板10上に、本発明の着色樹脂組成物により画素20が形成された青色カラーフィルタ上に有機保護層30及び無機酸化膜40を介して有機発光体500を積層することによって多色の有機EL素子100を作製する。
[4-2] Organic EL display device When producing an organic EL display device having the color filter of the present invention, for example, as shown in FIG. A multicolor organic EL element 100 is produced by laminating an organic light-emitting body 500 on a blue color filter formed with an organic protective layer 30 and an inorganic oxide film 40 interposed therebetween.
 有機発光体500の積層方法としては、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極50、正孔注入層51、正孔輸送層52、発光層53、電子注入層54、及び陰極55を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体500を無機酸化膜40上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。このようにして作製された有機EL素子100は、パッシブ駆動方式の有機EL表示装置にもアクティブ駆動方式の有機EL表示装置にも適用可能である。 As a method of stacking the organic light emitter 500, a method of sequentially forming a transparent anode 50, a hole injection layer 51, a hole transport layer 52, a light emitting layer 53, an electron injection layer 54, and a cathode 55 on the upper surface of the color filter, or , a method of bonding the organic light emitter 500 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 40, and the like. The organic EL element 100 manufactured in this way can be applied to both a passive drive type organic EL display device and an active drive type organic EL display device.
 次に、実施例及び比較例を挙げて本発明をより具体的に説明するが、本発明はその要旨を超えない限り以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 Next, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as it does not exceed the gist thereof.
<フタロシアニン化合物A>
 特開平05-345861号公報の実施例30に基づいて合成した、以下の化学構造を有するフタロシアニン化合物Aを使用した。
<Phthalocyanine compound A>
A phthalocyanine compound A having the following chemical structure synthesized according to Example 30 of JP-A-05-345861 was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
<分散剤A>
 窒素原子含有官能基を有するAブロックと、親溶剤性基を有するBブロックからなるメタクリル系ABブロック共重合体。下記式(1a)で表される繰り返し単位、下記式(2a)で表される繰り返し単位、下記式(3a)で表される繰り返し単位、下記式(4a)で表される繰り返し単位、及び下記式(5a)で表される繰り返し単位を有する。アミン価は120mgKOH/gであり、酸価は1mgKOH/g未満である。
<Dispersant A>
A methacrylic AB block copolymer comprising an A block having a nitrogen atom-containing functional group and a B block having a solvent-philic group. A repeating unit represented by the following formula (1a), a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2a), a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3a), a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4a), and the following It has a repeating unit represented by formula (5a). The amine number is 120 mg KOH/g and the acid number is less than 1 mg KOH/g.
 全繰り返し単位中における下記式(1a)、(2a)、(3a)、(4a)、及び(5a)で表される繰り返し単位の含有割合はそれぞれ1モル%未満、34.5モル%、6.9モル%、13.8モル%、及び6.9モル%である。 The content ratio of repeating units represented by the following formulas (1a), (2a), (3a), (4a), and (5a) in all repeating units is less than 1 mol%, 34.5 mol%, and 6 .9 mol %, 13.8 mol %, and 6.9 mol %.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂A>
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート145質量部を窒素置換しながら攪拌し120℃に昇温した。ここにスチレン38.5質量部、グリシジルメタクリレート85.2質量部及びトリシクロデカン骨格を有するモノメタクリレート(日立化成社製FA-513M)6.6質量部を滴下し、2.2’-アゾビス-2-メチルブチロニトリル8.47質量部の混合液を3時間かけて滴下し、更に90℃で2時間攪拌し続けた。次に反応容器内を空気置換に変え、アクリル酸11.8質量部にトリスジメチルアミノメチルフェノール0.3質量部及びハイドロキノン0.06質量部を投入し、120℃で6時間反応を続けた。その後、無水コハク酸(SA)43.6質量部、トリエチルアミン1.4質量部を加え、120℃で3.5時間反応させた。こうして得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂AのGPCにより測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量Mwは約9000、酸価は100mgKOH/g、二重結合当量は410g/molであった。また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位が37モル%、側鎖上に飽和脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位が3モル%であり、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Aはアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)に該当する。
 得られた樹脂溶液に固形分が40質量%になるようプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを加えて、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Aとして着色樹脂組成物の調製に用いた。
<Alkali-soluble resin A>
145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen substitution and heated to 120°C. Here, 38.5 parts by mass of styrene, 85.2 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 6.6 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) are added dropwise, and 2.2'-azobis- A mixed solution of 8.47 parts by mass of 2-methylbutyronitrile was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours. Next, the inside of the reaction vessel was changed to air exchange, 0.3 parts by mass of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.06 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 11.8 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120°C for 6 hours. After that, 43.6 parts by mass of succinic anhydride (SA) and 1.4 parts by mass of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120° C. for 3.5 hours. The polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of the thus obtained alkali-soluble resin A measured by GPC was about 9000, the acid value was 100 mgKOH/g, and the double bond equivalent was 410 g/mol. Further, when the total number of moles of the repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin A is 100 mol%, the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 37 mol%, and the repeating unit containing a saturated alicyclic structure on the side chain. is 3 mol %, and the alkali-soluble resin A corresponds to the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the obtained resin solution so that the solid content was 40% by mass, and used as alkali-soluble resin A for the preparation of a colored resin composition.
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂B>
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート145質量部を窒素置換しながら攪拌し120℃に昇温した。ここにスチレン38.5質量部、グリシジルメタクリレート85.2質量部及びトリシクロデカン骨格を有するモノメタクリレート(日立化成社製FA-513M)6.6質量部を滴下し、2.2’-アゾビス-2-メチルブチロニトリル8.47質量部の混合液を3時間かけて滴下し、更に90℃で2時間攪拌し続けた。次に反応容器内を空気置換に変え、アクリル酸11.8質量部にトリスジメチルアミノメチルフェノール0.3質量部及びハイドロキノン0.06質量部を投入し、120℃で6時間反応を続けた。その後、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸(THPA)66.3質量部、トリエチルアミン1.4質量部を加え、120℃で3.5時間反応させた。こうして得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂BのGPCにより測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量Mwは約14000、酸価は100mgKOH/g、二重結合当量は440g/molであった。また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂B中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位が37モル%、側鎖上に飽和脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位が3モル%であり、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Bはアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)に該当する。
 得られた樹脂溶液に固形分が40質量%になるようプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを加えて、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Bとして着色樹脂組成物の調製に用いた。
<Alkali-soluble resin B>
145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen substitution and heated to 120°C. Here, 38.5 parts by mass of styrene, 85.2 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 6.6 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) are added dropwise, and 2.2'-azobis- A mixed solution of 8.47 parts by mass of 2-methylbutyronitrile was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours. Next, the inside of the reaction vessel was changed to air exchange, 0.3 parts by mass of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.06 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 11.8 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120°C for 6 hours. After that, 66.3 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 1.4 parts by mass of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120° C. for 3.5 hours. The polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of the alkali-soluble resin B thus obtained measured by GPC was about 14000, the acid value was 100 mgKOH/g, and the double bond equivalent was 440 g/mol. Further, when the total number of moles of the repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin B is 100 mol%, the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 37 mol%, and the repeating unit containing a saturated alicyclic structure on the side chain. is 3 mol %, and the alkali-soluble resin B corresponds to the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the obtained resin solution so that the solid content was 40% by mass, and used as alkali-soluble resin B for the preparation of a colored resin composition.
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂C>
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート145質量部を窒素置換しながら攪拌し120℃に昇温した。ここにスチレン10.4質量部、グリシジルメタクリレート85.2質量部及びトリシクロデカン骨格を有するモノメタクリレート(日立化成社製FA-513M)66.0質量部を滴下し、2.2’-アゾビス-2-メチルブチロニトリル8.47質量部の混合液を3時間かけて滴下し、更に90℃で2時間攪拌し続けた。次に反応容器内を空気置換に変え、アクリル酸15.1質量部にトリスジメチルアミノメチルフェノール0.3質量部及びハイドロキノン0.06質量部を投入し、120℃で6時間反応を続けた。その後、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸(THPA)59.3質量部、トリエチルアミン1.4質量部を加え、120℃で3.5時間反応させた。こうして得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂CのGPCにより測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量Mwは約9000、酸価は80mgKOH/g、二重結合当量は480g/molであった。また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂C中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位が10モル%、側鎖上に飽和脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位が30モル%であり、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Cはアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)に該当しない。
 得られた樹脂溶液に固形分が40質量%になるようプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを加えて、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Cとして着色樹脂組成物の調製に用いた。
<Alkali-soluble resin C>
145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen substitution and heated to 120°C. Here, 10.4 parts by mass of styrene, 85.2 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 66.0 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise, and 2.2'-azobis- A mixed solution of 8.47 parts by mass of 2-methylbutyronitrile was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours. Next, the inside of the reaction vessel was changed to air exchange, 0.3 parts by mass of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.06 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 15.1 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120°C for 6 hours. After that, 59.3 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 1.4 parts by mass of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120° C. for 3.5 hours. The polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of the alkali-soluble resin C thus obtained measured by GPC was about 9000, the acid value was 80 mgKOH/g, and the double bond equivalent was 480 g/mol. Further, when the total number of moles of the repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin C is 100 mol%, the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 10 mol%, and the repeating unit containing a saturated alicyclic structure on the side chain. is 30 mol %, and the alkali-soluble resin C does not correspond to the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the obtained resin solution so that the solid content was 40% by mass, and used as an alkali-soluble resin C for preparing a colored resin composition.
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂D>
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート145質量部を窒素置換しながら攪拌し120℃に昇温した。ここにスチレン5.2質量部、グリシジルメタクリレート132質量部及びトリシクロデカン骨格を有するモノメタクリレート(日立化成社製FA-513M)4.4質量部を滴下し、2.2’-アゾビス-2-メチルブチロニトリル8.47質量部の混合液を3時間かけて滴下し、更に90℃で2時間攪拌し続けた。次に反応容器内を空気置換に変え、アクリル酸59.8質量部にトリスジメチルアミノメチルフェノール0.7質量部及びハイドロキノン0.12質量部を投入し、120℃で6時間反応を続けた。その後、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸(THPA)15.2質量部、トリエチルアミン0.7質量部を加え、120℃で3.5時間反応させた。こうして得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂DのGPCにより測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量Mwは約9000、酸価は25mgKOH/g、二重結合当量は260g/molであった。また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂D中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位が5モル%、側鎖上に飽和脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位が2モル%であり、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Dはアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)に該当しない。
 得られた樹脂溶液に固形分が40質量%になるようプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを加えて、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Dとして着色樹脂組成物の調製に用いた。
<Alkali-soluble resin D>
145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen substitution and heated to 120°C. Here, 5.2 parts by mass of styrene, 132 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 4.4 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise to give 2.2′-azobis-2- A mixed solution of 8.47 parts by mass of methylbutyronitrile was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours. Next, the inside of the reaction vessel was changed to air exchange, 0.7 parts by mass of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.12 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 59.8 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120°C for 6 hours. After that, 15.2 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 0.7 parts by mass of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120° C. for 3.5 hours. The polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of the alkali-soluble resin D thus obtained measured by GPC was about 9000, the acid value was 25 mgKOH/g, and the double bond equivalent was 260 g/mol. Further, when the total number of moles of the repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin D is 100 mol%, the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 5 mol%, and the repeating unit containing a saturated alicyclic structure on the side chain. is 2 mol %, and the alkali-soluble resin D does not correspond to the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to the obtained resin solution so that the solid content was 40% by mass, and used as alkali-soluble resin D for the preparation of a colored resin composition.
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂E>
 反応槽として冷却管を付けたセパラブルフラスコを準備し、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート400質量部を仕込み、窒素置換した後、攪拌しながらオイルバスで加熱して反応槽の温度を90℃まで昇温した。
<Alkali-soluble resin E>
Prepare a separable flask equipped with a cooling tube as a reaction tank, charge 400 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, replace with nitrogen, and then heat with an oil bath while stirring to raise the temperature of the reaction tank to 90 ° C. bottom.
 一方、モノマー槽中にジメチル-2,2’-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート30質量部、メタクリル酸60質量部、メタクリル酸シクロヘキシル110質量部、t-ブチルパーオキシ-2-エチルヘキサノエート5.2質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート40質量部を仕込み、連鎖移動剤槽にn-ドデシルメルカプタン5.2質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート27質量部を仕込み、反応槽の温度が90℃に安定してからモノマー槽及び連鎖移動剤槽から滴下を開始し、重合を開始させた。温度を90℃に保ちながら滴下をそれぞれ135分かけて行い、滴下が終了して60分後に昇温を開始して反応槽を110℃にした。 On the other hand, 30 parts by mass of dimethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-propenoate, 60 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 110 parts by mass of cyclohexyl methacrylate, and t-butylperoxy-2-ethyl were added to the monomer tank. 5.2 parts by mass of hexanoate and 40 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were charged, 5.2 parts by mass of n-dodecyl mercaptan and 27 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were charged in a chain transfer tank, and the temperature of the reaction tank was was stabilized at 90° C., dropping was started from the monomer tank and the chain transfer agent tank to initiate polymerization. The dropping was carried out over 135 minutes while maintaining the temperature at 90°C, and 60 minutes after the dropping was completed, the temperature was started to rise to 110°C.
 3時間、110℃を維持した後、セパラブルフラスコにガス導入管を付け、酸素/窒素=5/95(v/v)混合ガスのバブリングを開始した。次いで、反応槽に、メタクリル酸グリシジル39.6質量部、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)0.4質量部、トリエチルアミン0.8質量部を仕込み、そのまま110℃で9時間反応させた。
 室温まで冷却し、GPCにより測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量Mwが9000、酸価が101mgKOH/g、二重結合当量が550g/molのアルカリ可溶性樹脂Eを得た。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂E中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位が0モル%、側鎖上に飽和脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位が44モル%であり、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Eはアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)に該当しない。
After maintaining the temperature at 110° C. for 3 hours, a gas introduction tube was attached to the separable flask, and oxygen/nitrogen=5/95 (v/v) mixed gas bubbling was started. Next, 39.6 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, 0.4 parts by mass of 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and 0.8 parts by mass of triethylamine were charged into the reactor, and the temperature was maintained at 110°C. was reacted for 9 hours.
After cooling to room temperature, an alkali-soluble resin E having a polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of 9000, an acid value of 101 mgKOH/g and a double bond equivalent of 550 g/mol was obtained as measured by GPC.
When the total number of moles of the repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin E is 100 mol%, the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 0 mol%, and the repeating unit containing a saturated alicyclic structure on the side chain is 44. mol %, and the alkali-soluble resin E does not correspond to the alkali-soluble resin (c-1).
<緑色染料分散液Aの調製>
 表1に記載のとおり、フタロシアニン化合物Aを9.9質量部、分散剤Aを固形分換算で0.1質量部、溶剤としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを72.0質量部(分散剤A由来の溶剤を含む)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルを18.0質量部、直径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズ225質量部をステンレス容器に充填し、ペイントシェーカーにて6時間分散処理を行った。分散終了後、フィルタによりビーズと分散液を分離して、緑色染料分散液Aを調製した。
<Preparation of Green Dye Dispersion A>
As shown in Table 1, 9.9 parts by mass of phthalocyanine compound A, 0.1 parts by mass of dispersant A in terms of solid content, 72.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate as a solvent (derived from dispersant A solvent), 18.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and 225 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm were filled in a stainless steel container and dispersed for 6 hours using a paint shaker. After completion of the dispersion, the beads and the dispersion liquid were separated by a filter to prepare a green dye dispersion liquid A.
<緑色顔料分散液Aの調製>
 表1に記載のとおり、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58を13.9質量部、分散剤Aを固形分換算で1.9質量部、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Eを固形分換算で4.2質量部、溶剤としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを80.0質量部(分散剤A由来の溶剤及びアルカリ可溶性樹脂E由来の溶剤も含む)、直径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズ225質量部をステンレス容器に充填し、ペイントシェーカーにて6時間分散処理を行った。分散終了後、フィルタによりビーズと分散液を分離して、緑色顔料分散液Aを調製した。
<Preparation of Green Pigment Dispersion A>
As shown in Table 1, C.I. I. 13.9 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58, 1.9 parts by mass of dispersant A in terms of solid content, 4.2 parts by mass of alkali-soluble resin E in terms of solid content, and 80.0 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate as a solvent. Parts by mass (including solvent derived from dispersant A and solvent derived from alkali-soluble resin E) and 225 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm were filled in a stainless steel container and dispersed for 6 hours using a paint shaker. After completion of dispersion, the beads and the dispersion liquid were separated by a filter to prepare a green pigment dispersion liquid A.
<黄色顔料分散液Aの調製>
 表1に記載のとおり、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138を11.4質量部、分散剤Aを固形分換算で2.9質量部、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Eを固形分換算で5.7質量部、溶剤としてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを76.0質量部(分散剤A由来の溶剤及びアルカリ可溶性樹脂E由来の溶剤も含む)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルを4.0質量部、直径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズ225質量部をステンレス容器に充填し、ペイントシェーカーにて6時間分散処理を行った。分散終了後、フィルタによりビーズと分散液を分離して、黄色顔料分散液Aを調製した。
<Preparation of yellow pigment dispersion liquid A>
As shown in Table 1, C.I. I. 11.4 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 138, 2.9 parts by mass of dispersant A in terms of solid content, 5.7 parts by mass of alkali-soluble resin E in terms of solid content, and 76.0 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate as a solvent. Parts by mass (including the solvent derived from dispersant A and the solvent derived from alkali-soluble resin E), 4.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and 225 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm were filled in a stainless steel container and painted. A dispersion treatment was performed for 6 hours in a shaker. After the dispersion was completed, the beads and the dispersion liquid were separated by a filter to prepare a yellow pigment dispersion liquid A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
<光重合性モノマーA>
ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(PE-4A 共栄社化学社製)
<Photopolymerizable Monomer A>
Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (PE-4A manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.)
<光重合開始剤A>
 以下の化学構造を有するオキシムエステル系化合物(4-アセトキシイミノ-5-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-5-オキソペンタン酸メチル)
<Photoinitiator A>
Oxime ester compound (methyl 4-acetoxyimino-5-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-5-oxopentanoate) having the following chemical structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
<界面活性剤A>
 メガファックF-554(DIC社製)
<Surfactant A>
Megafac F-554 (manufactured by DIC)
<着色樹脂組成物の調製>
 表2に記載の各成分を、記載の固形分比率で混合し着色樹脂組成物を調製した。なお、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分の含有割合が15.2質量%になるように、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)及びプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)を使用した。得られた着色樹脂組成物中におけるPGMEA/PGMEの混合比(質量比)は90/10であった。
<Preparation of colored resin composition>
Each component described in Table 2 was mixed at the solid content ratio described to prepare a colored resin composition. In addition, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were used so that the content of the total solid content of the colored resin composition was 15.2% by mass. The mixing ratio (mass ratio) of PGMEA/PGME in the obtained colored resin composition was 90/10.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
<色特性評価>
 50mm角、厚さ0.5mmのガラス基板(AGC社製、AN100)上に、上記着色樹脂組成物をスピンコート法で塗布し、減圧乾燥させた後、ホットプレート上にて90℃で90秒間プリベークした。次いで、2kW高圧水銀灯により、40mJ/cm2の露光量、照度30mW/cm2で全面露光処理を行った。その後、クリーンオーブンにて230℃で20分間の焼成を行い、着色基板を作成した。得られた着色基板を用いて、日立製作所社製分光光度計U-3310によりC光源にて透過スペクトルを測定し、色度(sx,sy)及び輝度LYを算出した。
<Color characteristic evaluation>
On a 50 mm square, 0.5 mm thick glass substrate (AGC, AN100), the above colored resin composition was applied by spin coating, dried under reduced pressure, and then placed on a hot plate at 90° C. for 90 seconds. Prebaked. Then, the entire surface was exposed with a 2 kW high-pressure mercury lamp at an exposure amount of 40 mJ/cm 2 and an illuminance of 30 mW/cm 2 . After that, baking was performed at 230° C. for 20 minutes in a clean oven to prepare a colored substrate. Using the obtained colored substrate, the transmission spectrum was measured with a C light source using a spectrophotometer U-3310 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd., and the chromaticity (sx, sy) and luminance LY were calculated.
 また、得られた着色基板を用いて、C光源にてsy=0.607の色度となった際のコントラストを壺坂電機社製コントラスト計(CT-1)で測定した。測定したコントラストを表2に示す。 In addition, using the obtained colored substrate, the contrast when the chromaticity of sy = 0.607 was measured with a C light source with a contrast meter (CT-1 manufactured by Tsubosaka Electric Co., Ltd.). Table 2 shows the measured contrast.
 表2から明らかなように、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)に該当するアルカリ可溶性樹脂A又はBを含む実施例1~2は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)を含まない比較例1~3よりも明確にコントラストが高い。これは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)には側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位が多く含まれることにより、その芳香環がフタロシアニン化合物Aとπ-πスタッキングによりフタロシアニン化合物A同士が近づき、焼成工程において分子同士が会合し、規則的に配列(結晶化)することを促進し、コントラストが向上したと考えられる。また、側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位の量が少ないために、かさ高い脂環式構造がフタロシアニン化合物の分子同士の会合を阻害することを防ぎ、コントラストが向上したと考えられる。 As is clear from Table 2, Examples 1 and 2 containing alkali-soluble resin A or B corresponding to alkali-soluble resin (c-1) are Comparative Examples 1-3 that do not contain alkali-soluble resin (c-1). Clearly higher contrast than This is because the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) contains many repeating units containing an aromatic ring on the side chain, and the aromatic ring and the phthalocyanine compound A approach each other by π-π stacking, It is considered that the molecules associate with each other in the baking process, promote regular arrangement (crystallization), and improve the contrast. In addition, it is believed that the small amount of repeating units containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain prevents the bulky alicyclic structure from inhibiting the association of the molecules of the phthalocyanine compound, thereby improving the contrast.
 また、参考例1~2に示されるように、フタロシアニン化合物(1)に該当しないC.I.ピグメントグリーン58を用いた場合は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)の有無によるコントラストの変化が見られない。このことからも、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)がフタロシアニン化合物(1)に特異的に作用し、コントラストが向上する上記のメカニズムが支持される。 Also, as shown in Reference Examples 1 and 2, C.I. I. When Pigment Green 58 is used, no change in contrast is observed depending on the presence or absence of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1). This fact also supports the mechanism that the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) specifically acts on the phthalocyanine compound (1) to improve the contrast.
 本発明を特定の態様を用いて詳細に説明したが、本発明の意図と範囲を離れることなく様々な変更および変形が可能であることは、当業者にとって明らかである。 Although the present invention has been described in detail using specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and variations are possible without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
 本発明によれば、輝度に優れ、コントラストが良好な硬化膜が得られる着色樹脂組成物を提供できる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored resin composition that gives a cured film with excellent brightness and good contrast.
 10 透明支持基板
 20 画素
 30 有機保護層
 40 無機酸化膜
 50 透明陽極
 51 正孔注入層
 52 正孔輸送層
 53 発光層
 54 電子注入層
 55 陰極
 100 有機EL素子
 500 有機発光体
REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 10 transparent support substrate 20 pixel 30 organic protective layer 40 inorganic oxide film 50 transparent anode 51 hole injection layer 52 hole transport layer 53 light emitting layer 54 electron injection layer 55 cathode 100 organic EL element 500 organic light emitter

Claims (14)

  1.  (A)着色剤、(B)溶剤、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂、(D)光重合開始剤、及び(E)光重合性モノマーを含有する着色樹脂組成物であって、
     前記(A)着色剤が、下記一般式(1)で表される化学構造を有するフタロシアニン化合物を含有し、
     前記(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂が、側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)を含有し、
     前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、前記側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位の合計含有割合が20モル%以上であることを特徴とする着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式(1)中、A1~A16は各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は下記一般式(2)で表される基を表す。ただし、A1~A16のうち1つ以上はフッ素原子を表し、かつ、A1~A16のうち1つ以上は下記一般式(2)で表される基を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式(2)中、Xは2価の連結基を表す。式(2)中のベンゼン環は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。*は結合手を表す。)
    A colored resin composition containing (A) a coloring agent, (B) a solvent, (C) an alkali-soluble resin, (D) a photopolymerization initiator, and (E) a photopolymerizable monomer,
    The (A) colorant contains a phthalocyanine compound having a chemical structure represented by the following general formula (1),
    The (C) alkali-soluble resin contains an alkali-soluble resin (c-1) having a repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on a side chain,
    When the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100 mol%, the total content of repeating units containing an aromatic ring on the side chain is 20 mol% or more. A colored resin composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In formula (1), A 1 to A 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a group represented by the following general formula (2), provided that one or more of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, and at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by the following general formula (2).)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In Formula (2), X represents a divalent linking group. The benzene ring in Formula (2) may have any substituent. * represents a bond.)
  2.  前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)において、前記側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位の合計含有割合が30モル%以上である、請求項1に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the total content of repeating units containing aromatic rings on the side chains in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 30 mol% or more.
  3.  前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位を有し、前記脂環式構造が飽和脂環式構造である、請求項1又は2に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on a side chain, and the alicyclic structure is a saturated alicyclic structure. Composition.
  4.  前記側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位において、主鎖から前記脂環式構造までの距離が原子数4以下である、請求項3に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to claim 3, wherein in the repeating unit containing the alicyclic structure on the side chain, the distance from the main chain to the alicyclic structure is 4 atoms or less.
  5.  前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)中の繰り返し単位の合計モル数を100モル%とした場合、前記側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位の合計含有割合が10モル%以下である、請求項3又は4に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 When the total number of moles of repeating units in the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 100 mol%, the total content of repeating units containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain is 10 mol% or less. The colored resin composition according to claim 3 or 4.
  6.  前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が前記側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(3)及び下記一般式(4)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種を有する、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (式(3)及び式(4)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。式(3)及び式(4)中のベンゼン環は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。)
    The alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has at least one selected from repeating units represented by the following general formulas (3) and (4) as the repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain. , The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In formulas (3) and (4), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The benzene ring in formulas (3) and (4) has an optional substituent. may be used.)
  7.  前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が前記側鎖上に芳香環を含む繰り返し単位として、前記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、請求項6に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to claim 6, wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) as a repeating unit containing an aromatic ring on the side chain.
  8.  前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が前記側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(5)及び下記一般式(6)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種を有する、請求項3~5のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式(5)及び式(6)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。式(5)及び式(6)中の飽和炭化水素環は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。)
    As the repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1), at least one selected from repeating units represented by the following general formula (5) and the following general formula (6) Having, the colored resin composition according to any one of claims 3 to 5.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In formulas (5) and (6), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The saturated hydrocarbon rings in formulas (5) and (6) have optional substituents. may be.)
  9.  前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が前記側鎖上に脂環式構造を含む繰り返し単位として、前記一般式(5)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、請求項8に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (5) as a repeating unit containing an alicyclic structure on the side chain, colored resin composition according to claim 8 .
  10.  前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)が下記一般式(I)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (式(I)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
     Rは、置換基を有していてもよい、3価の炭化水素基を表す。
     Rは、置換基を有していてもよい、2価の炭化水素基を表す。)
    The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (I).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In Formula (I), R 1 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
    R 2 represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
    R 4 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. )
  11.  前記(A)着色剤の含有割合が、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分量に対して10質量%以上である、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the content of (A) the colorant is 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the colored resin composition.
  12.  前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)の含有割合が、着色樹脂組成物の全固形分量に対して10質量%以上である、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the content of the alkali-soluble resin (c-1) is 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the colored resin composition.
  13.  請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物を用いて作製した画素を備える、カラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising pixels produced using the colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
  14.  請求項13に記載のカラーフィルタを備える、画像表示装置。 An image display device comprising the color filter according to claim 13.
PCT/JP2022/037974 2021-10-12 2022-10-12 Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device WO2023063336A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021167165 2021-10-12
JP2021-167165 2021-10-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023063336A1 true WO2023063336A1 (en) 2023-04-20

Family

ID=85988674

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/037974 WO2023063336A1 (en) 2021-10-12 2022-10-12 Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202334326A (en)
WO (1) WO2023063336A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019144543A (en) * 2018-02-16 2019-08-29 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Coloring resin composition, color filter, and image display device
WO2020171139A1 (en) * 2019-02-22 2020-08-27 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2020194138A (en) * 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019144543A (en) * 2018-02-16 2019-08-29 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Coloring resin composition, color filter, and image display device
WO2020171139A1 (en) * 2019-02-22 2020-08-27 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2020194138A (en) * 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202334326A (en) 2023-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5790824B2 (en) Color filter pigment dispersion, color filter coloring composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP7230558B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP5316034B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP7003637B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP7451906B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
WO2020171139A1 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
WO2022038948A1 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2017137483A (en) Coloring resin composition, color filter and image display device
JP7180545B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter and photosensitive colored resin composition
WO2022039224A1 (en) Coloured resin composition, colour filter, and image display device
JP7207173B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
WO2023063336A1 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
WO2023176888A1 (en) Color filter manufacturing method and image display device manufacturing method
WO2023176882A1 (en) Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and image display device
JP7159948B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
WO2024075837A1 (en) Colorant-containing liquid, colored resin composition, color filter, image display device, and method for producing colored resin composition
JP7447397B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
WO2022024876A1 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, image display device, and colorant dispersion
WO2023095828A1 (en) Colored resin composition, colored resin composition set, and color filter
JP7449642B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP7124406B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2024040909A (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22881031

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023554554

Country of ref document: JP